CN1306780C - Network telephone system and methods therefor - Google Patents

Network telephone system and methods therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN1306780C
CN1306780C CNB038238144A CN03823814A CN1306780C CN 1306780 C CN1306780 C CN 1306780C CN B038238144 A CNB038238144 A CN B038238144A CN 03823814 A CN03823814 A CN 03823814A CN 1306780 C CN1306780 C CN 1306780C
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
telephone
network
number
step
call
Prior art date
Application number
CNB038238144A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN1703888A (en
Inventor
索尔·H·怀恩
Original Assignee
索尔·H·怀恩
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to US10/242,291 priority Critical patent/US7058023B2/en
Application filed by 索尔·H·怀恩 filed Critical 索尔·H·怀恩
Publication of CN1703888A publication Critical patent/CN1703888A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN1306780C publication Critical patent/CN1306780C/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L29/00Arrangements, apparatus, circuits or systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04L1/00 - H04L27/00
    • H04L29/12Arrangements, apparatus, circuits or systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04L1/00 - H04L27/00 characterised by the data terminal
    • H04L29/12009Arrangements for addressing and naming in data networks
    • H04L29/12207Address allocation
    • H04L29/12254Address allocation for local use, e.g. on Local Area Networks [LAN] or on Universal Serial Bus [USB] networks
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L29/00Arrangements, apparatus, circuits or systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04L1/00 - H04L27/00
    • H04L29/12Arrangements, apparatus, circuits or systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04L1/00 - H04L27/00 characterised by the data terminal
    • H04L29/12009Arrangements for addressing and naming in data networks
    • H04L29/12207Address allocation
    • H04L29/12264Address allocation involving the solving of address allocation conflicts; involving testing of addresses
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L29/00Arrangements, apparatus, circuits or systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04L1/00 - H04L27/00
    • H04L29/12Arrangements, apparatus, circuits or systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04L1/00 - H04L27/00 characterised by the data terminal
    • H04L29/12009Arrangements for addressing and naming in data networks
    • H04L29/12207Address allocation
    • H04L29/1232Address allocation by self assignment, e.g. pick address randomly and test if already in use
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00Network arrangements or network protocols for addressing or naming
    • H04L61/20Address allocation
    • H04L61/2038Address allocation for local use, e.g. on local area networks [LAN] or on universal serial bus [USB] networks
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00Network arrangements or network protocols for addressing or naming
    • H04L61/20Address allocation
    • H04L61/2046Address allocation involving the solving of address allocation conflicts or involving testing of addresses
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00Network arrangements or network protocols for addressing or naming
    • H04L61/20Address allocation
    • H04L61/2092Address allocation by self assignment, e.g. pick address randomly and test if already in use
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M3/00Automatic or semi-automatic exchanges
    • H04M3/42Systems providing special services or facilities to subscribers
    • H04M3/42314Systems providing special services or facilities to subscribers in private branch exchanges
    • H04M3/42323PBX's with CTI arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M7/00Interconnection arrangements between switching centres
    • H04M7/006Networks other than PSTN/ISDN providing telephone service, e.g. Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), including next generation networks with a packet-switched transport layer
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers; Analogous equipment at exchanges
    • H04M1/253Telephone sets using digital voice transmission
    • H04M1/2535Telephone sets using digital voice transmission adapted for voice communication over an Internet Protocol [IP] network
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M3/00Automatic or semi-automatic exchanges
    • H04M3/42Systems providing special services or facilities to subscribers
    • H04M3/50Centralised arrangements for answering calls; Centralised arrangements for recording messages for absent or busy subscribers ; Centralised arrangements for recording messages
    • H04M3/53Centralised arrangements for recording incoming messages, i.e. mailbox systems
    • H04M3/533Voice mail systems

Abstract

一种通过诸如局域网(2831)的网络与另一网络电话连接的自动设定电话装置(2851),其不需要中央控制器和第二配线。 An automatic setting, such as a local area network (2831) is connected to the telephone network with another telephone network means (2851), which does not require a central controller and through the second wiring. 该网络电话(2851)通过网络广播一预定号码。 The telephone network (2851) through a predetermined number of the broadcast network. 如果另一电话使用该预定号码,该电话(2851)接收表示该情况的讯息和一电话目录,从该电话目录选择一不冲突的电话号码。 If another phone using the predetermined number, the telephone (2851) receives a message and the case of a telephone directory, a phone number selected from the telephone does not conflict with directory. 其支持外部线路和网络电话之间的语音邮件(2827)和通话。 It supports voice mail between the external line and Internet telephony (2827) and calls. 电话接口提供一个或多个电话和诸如PSTN电话系统(2844)的外部电话网络之间的连接。 The connection between the telephone interface and provides one or more telephone system, such as a PSTN telephone (2844) external telephone network. 网络接口提供一台或多台电脑和诸如因特网(2819)的外部电脑网络之间的连接。 The network interface provides a connection between one or more external computers and computer networks such as the Internet (2819) is one. 局域网(2831)提供网络,电脑,电话接口,网络接口之间的连接。 A local area network (2831) provides a connection between the network, computer, telephone interface, a network interface.

Description

网络电话系统及其方法 Internet telephony system and method

技术领域 FIELD

本发明是关于一种与局域网连接的电话系统及其方法,特别是关于一种用于以太网的自动设定电话系统。 The present invention relates to a telephone system and a method for the LAN connection, in particular for an automatic setting on the Ethernet telephone system.

背景技术 Background technique

随着局域网(LAN)速度的增加,使用局域网支持电话系统渐成趋势。 With the increase of local area network (LAN) speeds, use the LAN-support telephone system had become the trend. 但是,目前以太网的数据速度通常却未达到100Mb/sec至1000Mb/sec(1Gb/sec)。 However, the current Ethernet data rate usually failed to reach 100Mb / sec to 1000Mb / sec (1Gb / sec). 因此,在不影响流通于该网络的主要数据流量下,若能整合数字声音流量至该网络上,则将更有实用价值。 Therefore, without prejudice to the flow of traffic at major network, if integrated digital voice traffic onto the network, it will be more practical value. 在许多公司及机构中,多数使用者具有电脑系统可连接至一局域网系统。 In many companies and institutions, most users have a computer system may be connected to a LAN system. 通常,该使用者亦同样具有一电话线路可连接至其办公室。 Typically, the user also has also a telephone line may be connected to his office. 若可移除该局域网和电话线路系统其中之一,则可减少维护局域网及电话线路系统的相关成本。 If one of the LAN and telephone line system which can be removed, you can reduce the costs associated with maintaining local area networks and telephone line system. 由于多数办公室电脑的网络需求无法由传统电话网络满足,这意味着电话线系统应当被移除,且电话系统应当在局域网上运行。 Since most office computer network requirements can not be met by traditional phone network, which means that the telephone line system should be removed, and the telephone system should run on the LAN. 如此设置的优点包含直接使用现在局域网线路、易于扩充新使用者、潜在提升功能性及减少成本。 The advantages of such a set includes a direct LAN line now use, easy to expand the new user, the potential to enhance functionality and reduce costs.

电话系统经由局域网运作的系统包含一个人电脑(PC)连接至该局域网,同时具有一接口单元,以供连接至一模拟电话。 The operating system via the LAN telephone system comprises a personal computer (PC) is connected to the LAN, but also has an interface unit for connecting to an analog telephone. 该类系统的缺点在于使用者必需具备一个人电脑,以便运作使用电话。 Disadvantage of such systems is that the user must have a personal computer, to operate using the phone. 另外,连接多部电话至该局域网需要一集线器(hub)装置。 Further, the connection to multiple phones require a LAN hub (Hub) apparatus. 需要集线器装置的缺点在于除了该局域网外,必需再提供一辅助线路系统,以连接各模拟电话至该集线器。 Disadvantage of requiring a hub apparatus that in addition to the LAN, it is necessary to provide an auxiliary line system and then to connect to each of the analog telephone hub. 如此降低局域网通信的成本效益。 Thus reducing the cost-effectiveness of local area network communication.

另一可取的系统是使用电话单元,该电话单元经由以太网线路而直接连接至该局域网,但需要一中央控制器,该电话单元亦连接至该局域网,以处理所有的通话流量。 Another system is preferable to use the telephone unit, the telephone unit is connected directly via an Ethernet connection to the LAN, but require a central controller, the telephone unit is also connected to the LAN, to handle all of the call traffic. 该中央控制器具有一接口连接至该公用交换电话网络(Public Switched Telephone Network,PSTN),其仅支持通话站台有限号码。 The central controller having an interface connected to the public switched telephone network (Public Switched Telephone Network, PSTN), which only supports a limited number of call stations. 多数控制器可相互连接,以增加该系统的性能,但却增加成本。 Most controllers may be interconnected to increase the performance of the system, but an increase in cost.

对小型办公室而言,上述系统仍过于复杂且昂贵。 For small offices the system is still too complex and expensive. 多数小型办公室机构无法买得起专用资源技术(Information Technology,IT)支持系统,以供架构及运作该系统所需。 Most organizations can not afford to buy a small office resources dedicated technical (Information Technology, IT) support systems, and the necessary infrastructure for the operation of the system. 甚至,大型机构可由使用降低复杂性的系统而受益,该系统是可因大幅减少架设及设定所需时程,而使该机构受益。 Even large organizations may be used to reduce system complexity and benefit of the system is greatly reduced due to the benefit erection and set the desired time course of the body. 因此,有必要研发一局域网电话系统,使其相较于上述系统可具有总成本较低,可快速架设及设定,且仅需要较少资源技术支持。 Therefore, it is necessary to develop a local area network telephone system so that it can be compared to the above-mentioned systems have a lower overall cost, can be quickly set up and configure, and only require less technical support resources.

发明内容 SUMMARY

本发明的主要目的是提供一种网络电话系统及方法。 The main object of the present invention is to provide a system and method for Internet telephony. 该方法包含有连接该网络的一电话,而将具一预定电话号码的一指令广播至该网络,若在一这时期内接收一网络回应,则由该回应确定该预定电话号码已指定给连接该网络的另一电话。 The method includes a telephone connected to the network, and the instructions having a predetermined telephone number of a broadcast to the network, if the network receives a response in a time period determined by the response to the predetermined telephone number has been assigned to the connection another of the telephone network. 在接收该号码指定回应后,经由该网络接收该目录讯息,该目录讯息包含一电话目录,该电话目录具有多个号码,及另有不冲突的一电话号码可由已接收的电话目录中取得。 After receiving the response number is specified, the network received via the directory information, the directory information includes a telephone directory, the telephone directory has more than one number, and a phone number that does not conflict may otherwise have received telephone directory to obtain. 采用取得的号码做为该电话的号码,及将采用的号码广播至该网络。 The use made of the number as the phone number, and the number that will be used to broadcast the network.

在本发明一实施例中,广播具一预定电话号码的一指令的步骤是通过下列动作执行:送出一广播传输帧及“电话号码测试指南令”,在这时期内接收的网络回应是一“号码存在指令”,该目录讯息是一“目录传送指令”,及广播采用的号码至该网络是通过下列动作执行:送出一广播传输帧及“电话号码测试指南令”取得不冲突的一电话号码的步骤是包含由该电话目录选择另一可用的号码,将含该选定号码的指令广播至该网络,及若在一这时期内未对该广播产生回应,则采用该选定的号码为该电话的号码。 In an embodiment of the present invention, the step of broadcasting an instruction having a predetermined telephone number is performed by the following: a broadcast transmission frame and sends a "Test Guidelines telephone number order", the network response is received in a time period " there is an instruction number ", the directory information is a" directory transfer instruction ", and numbers broadcasting used to the network is performed through the following actions: sending a broadcast transmission frame and" telephone number test guidelines order "to obtain a phone number that does not conflict comprising the step of the telephone number from the directory selects another available instruction containing the selected number is broadcast to the network, and if the response is not generated in the period of a broadcast time, then the use of the selected number of the phone number.

本发明的优点在于需要该网络电话装置及一网络,以供架设一电话系统。 Advantage of the present invention is that the required network telephone device and a network, set up for a telephone system. 通常,该网络是属于一现有网络,因而仅需要提供该网络电话,因此可降低该系统成本。 Typically, the network belonging to an existing network, and thus only need to provide the telephone network, thus reducing the system cost. 本发明的另一优点在于架设该电话系统的时间比传统系统短。 Another advantage of the present invention is that the telephone system is set up time is shorter than conventional systems.

本发明一实施例包含一电话接口、一网络接口及一局域网。 The present invention is an embodiment comprising a telephone interface, a network interface and a local area network. 该电话接口提供一个以上的电话及一外部电话网络的连线,该外部电话网络是如一公用交换电话网络系统。 The phone interface provides one or more telephone connections and an external telephone network, the external network is a telephone network such as a public switched telephone system. 该网络接口提供一个以上的电脑及一外部电脑网络之间的连线,该外部电脑网络是如一因特网。 The network interface provides a connection between a computer and one or more external computer network, the external network is a computer such as an Internet. 该局域网提供该网络电话、电脑、电话接口及网络接口之间的连线。 The LAN provides a connection between the phone, computer, telephone interface and network interface to the network.

在其他实施例中,二个以上的网络电话除了与该外部电话网络通信之外,亦可经由内部的局域网而相互通信。 In other embodiments, two or more external network other than the telephone communication with a telephone network, can communicate with each other via an internal LAN. 同样的,二个以上的电脑除了与该外部电脑网络通信之外,亦可由内部的统一局域网而相互通信。 Similarly, two or more computers other than the external computer communicates with the network can communicate with each other by a uniform internal LAN.

本发明的优点在于通过结合该网络电话及电脑的内部及外部的连线要求,使用者不需安装一数字用户回路数据机(DSL Modem)、一路由器、一以太网交换器及一电话交换器,因而大幅降低安装该网络电话及电脑的总成本。 Advantage of the present invention is that by combining the inner and outer connection request telephone and computer networks, the user does not need to install a digital subscriber line modem (DSL Modem), a router, an Ethernet switch and a telephone exchanger thus significantly reducing the total cost of installing telephone and computer network.

本发明的另一优点在于该网络基础建设早已安装,因此现有的网络电话及电脑可轻易重置于该网络内,若有需要时,新的网络电话及电脑亦可在改变最少加入该网络。 Another advantage of the present invention is that the network infrastructure is already installed, so the conventional telephone network and computer can easily re-positioned within the network, if necessary, a new telephone and computer network may change happened to join the network .

附图说明 BRIEF DESCRIPTION

图1是本发明一实施例的一电话装置连接至一局域网的功能方块示意图。 1 is a functional block diagram of a telephone apparatus connected to a local area network diagram illustrating an embodiment of the present invention.

图2是本发明一实施例的一电话装置用以连接至一模拟电话的功能方块示意图。 FIG 2 is an embodiment of a telephone apparatus of the present invention is a schematic diagram for analog telephone connected to a functional block.

图3是本发明一实施例的一电话装置用以将一数字电话连接至一局域网的功能方块示意图。 FIG 3 is an embodiment of a telephone apparatus of the present invention for connecting a LAN to a digital phone functional block schematic.

图4A是本发明一实施例的一电话装置用以将一数字电话连接至一局域网的功能方块示意图。 4A is an embodiment of a telephone apparatus of the present invention for connecting a LAN to a digital phone functional block schematic.

图4B是本发明一实施例的图4A的显示器上输入字符的流程方块示意图。 4B is input character on the display of the embodiment of FIG. 4A is a block flow diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.

图5是本发明一实施例将二网络电话连接至一局域网集线器的方块示意图。 FIG 5 is an embodiment of the present invention is connected to two telephone network to block schematic diagram of a LAN hub.

图6是本发明一实施例将二网络电话及二个人电脑连接至一局域网集线器的方块示意图。 FIG 6 is a block diagram illustrating an embodiment of the present invention is connected to two telephone network to a PC and two LAN hub.

图7A是本发明一实施例将二网络电话及一语音邮件/网络储存用个人电脑连接至一局域网集线器的方块示意图。 7A is an embodiment of the present invention and the second network a voice mail telephone / network storage is connected to the block schematic diagram of a LAN hub PC.

图7B是本发明一实施例介于二网络电话及一语音邮件/网络储存用个人电脑的间的语音邮件讯息路径的方块示意图。 FIG 7B is an embodiment of the present invention between two telephone network and a voice mail / voice mail storage block schematic diagram of message paths between the PC.

图8是本发明一实施例中多个网络电话经由以太局域网交换器连接至一语音邮件/网络储存用个人电脑的方块示意图。 FIG 8 is a diagram of the telephone network is connected to a plurality of voicemail / network storage via Ethernet LAN switch block schematic diagram of an embodiment of a personal computer of the present invention.

图9是本发明一实施例中多个网络电话连接至以太局域网集线器及交换器的方块示意图。 9 is a block schematic diagram of a plurality of telephone network is connected to an Ethernet LAN hubs and switches to an embodiment of the present invention.

图10是本发明一实施例中多个网络电话及语音邮件/网络储存用个人电脑连接至以太局域网交换器的方块示意图。 FIG 10 is a block diagram of the embodiment and a plurality of telephone network voice mail / storage switch connected to an Ethernet LAN using a personal computer a schematic embodiment of the present invention.

图11是本发明一实施例中将外部网络及公用交换电话网络(PSTN)连接至具网络电话的一区域的方块示意图。 In the embodiment of FIG. 11 is an external network and a public switched telephone network (PSTN) coupled to an embodiment of the present invention, a region having a block schematic diagram of a telephone network.

图12A是本发明一实施例的一中继线路卡(trunk line card)的功能方块示意图。 12A is a schematic view of a trunk line cards (trunk line card) according to an embodiment of the present invention is a functional block.

图12B是本发明一实施例的一数字总机(Digital Attendant)的功能方块示意图。 FIG 12B is an example of the digital switchboard (Digital Attendant) is a functional block diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.

图13是本发明一实施例设定一电话号码的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 13 is a flow schematic diagram of the process of setting a phone number to an embodiment of the present invention.

图14是本发明一实施例的传呼过程的流程示意图。 FIG 14 is a schematic flow diagram of a paging procedure according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图15是本发明一实施例将多个网络电话连接至二外部电话线路及二电话号码的方块示意图。 FIG 15 is an embodiment of the present invention connecting a plurality of telephone networks to two external telephone lines and two block telephone number. FIG.

图16是本发明一实施例图15的系统及多个电话号码的方块示意图。 16 is a schematic and block diagram of a system embodiment 15 of a plurality of telephone numbers of the embodiment of the present invention.

图17是本发明一实施例图15的系统指定最高优先权的一电话号码的方块示意图。 FIG 17 is a system block diagram of the embodiment of FIG. 15 is a highest priority specified telephone number a schematic embodiment of the present invention.

图18是本发明一实施例中该语音邮件功能的处理步骤的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 18 is a schematic flow diagram of the process steps in the processing of the voice mail features of a embodiment of the present invention.

图19是本发明一实施例在网络电话的间传送一声音讯息的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 19 is a flow diagram of the embodiment between the telephone network transmits a voice message to an embodiment of the process of the present invention.

图20是本发明一实施例传送一字符数据讯息的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 20 is a schematic flow diagram of the process of Example transmitting a character message data of the embodiment of the present invention.

图21是本发明一实施例在一会议通话期间介于网络电话的通信过程的流程示意图。 FIG 21 is a schematic flow diagram of an embodiment of a call during a conference call between the communication network of a process embodiment of the present invention.

图22A是现有以太网数据传输帧结构的方块示意图。 22A is a block diagram illustrating a conventional Ethernet frame structure of the data transmission.

图22B是本发明一实施例用于第1类指令的图22A的数据传输帧的一区段的方块示意图。 FIG 22B is a section of a block according to a category 1 instruction data transmission FIG 22A a schematic embodiment of a frame of the present invention.

图22C是本发明一实施例用于第1A类指令的图22A的数据传输帧的一区段的方块示意图。 22C is a section of a block according to FIG. 1A type instruction data transmission frame 22A is a schematic view of a embodiment of the present invention.

图22D是本发明一实施例用于第2类指令的图22A的数据传输帧的一区段的方块示意图。 22D is a section of a block according to a category 2 instruction data transmission FIG. 22A is a schematic view of a frame of the embodiment of the present invention.

图23是本发明一实施例设定电话加入该网络的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 23 is a flow diagram of the process embodiment set telephone network is added to an embodiment of the present invention.

图24是本发明一实施例设定一声音电话加入该网络的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 24 is a process flow schematic diagram of a voice telephone set to join the network to an embodiment of the present invention.

图25是本发明一实施例设定一中继线路卡/数字总机加入该网络的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 25 is a schematic flowchart setting a trunk card / digital switchboard to join the network of a process embodiment of the present invention.

图26是本发明一实施例在二网络电话间进行一通话期间所产生过程的流程示意图。 FIG 26 is an embodiment of the present invention produced a schematic process flow performed during a phone call between the two networks.

图27是本发明一实施例由一网络电话完成一外部通话的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 27 is a schematic flowchart performed by a call to an external telephone network embodiment of a process of the present invention.

图28A及28B是本发明一实施例的网络电话系统包含多个网络电话装置的系统方块示意图。 FIGS 28A and 28B are system block diagram of the telephone network system comprising a plurality of embodiments of a network diagram of a telephone apparatus of the present invention.

图29是本发明一实施例的一网络电话及其传真机与影像配件的流程示意图。 FIG 29 is a schematic flow diagram of a facsimile machine and the telephone network and the image parts according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图30是本发明一实施例的网络电话装置的键盘及显示器的布局示意图。 FIG 30 is a schematic layout of a keyboard and a display VoIP apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图31A是本发明一实施例的一网络电话系统具有中继线路卡和数字总机形成二分离式装置的示意图。 31A is a telephone network system of an embodiment of the present invention has a relay line cards and digital switchboard schematic form two separate apparatus.

图31B是本发明一实施例的一网络电话系统具有电话线路装置和数字总机形成单一装置的示意图。 31B is an embodiment of a telephone network system of the present invention having a telephone line and a digital switchboard means forming a schematic view of a single device.

图31C是本发明一实施例的一网络电话系统具有双重中继线路卡及一分离式数字总机的示意图。 31C is a schematic diagram of a telephone network system of the present invention is an embodiment having a double relay line card and a separate digital switchboard.

图31D是本发明一实施例的一网络电话系统具有双重组合的电话线路装置和数字总机的示意图。 FIG 31D is a telephone network system of an embodiment of the present invention has a schematic view of a telephone line and the apparatus of the dual combination of digital switchboard.

图32是本发明一实施例的一数据网络装置的功能方块意图。 FIG 32 is a functional block diagram intended to a data network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图33是本发明一实施例的一电话线路装置和数字总机有拨接因特网线路连接至中心局电话线的功能方块示意图。 FIG 33 is a digital telephone line and switchboard apparatus of an embodiment of the present invention have an Internet dial-up line is connected to a functional block schematic diagram of the central office telephone line.

图34是本发明一实施例的一各种数字用户回路技术(xDSL)线路装置和数字总机连接至各种数字用户回路技术的线路的功能方块示意图。 FIG 34 is a variety of Digital Subscriber Line technologies (xDSL) and a digital circuit means connected to the switchboard functional blocks of various digital subscriber loop technology circuit schematic diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.

图35是本发明一实施例的一有线电视(cable TV)/同轴电缆(coax cablel装置和数字总机连接至有线电视/同轴电缆的功能方块示意图。 FIG 35 is a cable (cable TV) / coaxial cable (coax cablel switchboard connected to the device and the digital cable / functional block diagram of an embodiment of a coaxial cable of the present invention.

图36是本发明一实施例的一整体服务数字网络(LSDN)线路装置和数字总机连接至整体服务数字网络线路的功能方块示意图。 FIG 36 is a functional block diagram an embodiment of the overall service digital network (LSDN) and a digital circuit means integrally connected to the switchboard services digital network line diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.

图37是本发明一实施例的一以太网线路装置和数字总机连接至高速以太网线路的功能方块示意图。 FIG 37 is a device and the digital switchboard Ethernet line to an embodiment of the present invention is connected to a functional schematic block diagram of high-speed Ethernet line.

图38是本发明一实施例的一企业用户专用交换机(PBX)线路装置连接至一企业用户专用交换机系统的功能方块示意图。 FIG 38 is a functional block diagram of an enterprise PBX users according to an embodiment of the present invention (PBX) line connected to a corporate PBX system users.

图39是本发明一实施例的一网络电话号码路由器连接至多个局域网的功能方块示意图。 FIG 39 is a functional block diagram a network router according to the telephone number of a plurality of LANs connected to a schematic embodiment of the present invention.

图40是本发明一实施例的一网络电话装置的所有网络韧体模组(firmware modules)的层次方块示意图。 FIG 40 is a schematic view of a network all network firmware module telephone apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention (firmware modules) block level.

图41是本发明一实施例手动设定一电话号码至该网络电话装置的过程的流程示意图图42A是本发明一实施例自动设定一网络电话加入该网络的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 41 is a schematic flow diagram of a manually set the telephone number of the telephone device to the network of a process embodiment of the present invention 42A is a flow diagram of an automatic setting a telephone network to join the network of a process embodiment of the present invention.

图42B是本发明一实施例自动设定一网络电话加入该网络的另一过程的流程示意图。 42B is a schematic flow diagram of an automatic setting process of the telephone network to another network is added to an embodiment of the present invention.

图43是本发明一实施例手动设定一电话号码至该网络电话装置配件的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 43 is a schematic flowchart to manually set the telephone number of a telephone network during the fitting of a device embodiment of the present invention.

图44是本发明一实施例手动设定一电话线路装置和数字总机加入该网络的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 44 is a schematic flowchart manual setting device and the digital telephone line to join the network switchboard embodiment of a process of the present invention.

图45是本发明一实施例自动设定一中继线路卡装置加入该网络的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 45 is a flow diagram of an automatic setting a relay device to join the network line card of a process embodiment of the present invention.

图46是本发明一实施例设定一语音邮件加入该网络的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 46 is a schematic flowchart setting a voice mail process to join the network to an embodiment of the present invention.

图47是本发明一实施例由一网络电话读取一声音讯息的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 47 is a flow diagram of an embodiment of the read voice message to a telephone network embodiment of a process of the present invention.

图48是本发明一实施例的传呼过程的流程示意图。 FIG 48 is a schematic flow diagram of a paging procedure according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图49A是本发明一实施例将一通话驻留于数字总机的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 49A is a schematic flow diagram of a digital telephone exchange reside in a process embodiment of the invention a call.

图49B是本发明一实施例驻留一通话的另一过程的流程示意图。 FIG 49B is a schematic flow diagram of another embodiment of the process resides in a call to an embodiment of the present invention.

图50A是本发明一实施例代接驻留于数字总机的一通话的过程的流程示意图。 FIG 50A is a schematic flow diagram of the process of embodiment reside in a call pick switchboard of a digital embodiment of the present invention.

图50B是本发明一实施例代接一驻留通话的另一过程的流程示意图。 FIG 50B is a schematic flow diagram of embodiments of the present invention, generation of a contact to another embodiment of the process of a call reside.

图51是本发明一实施例在二网络电话(影像配件)间一影像通话(影像通信)期间所产生过程的流程示意图。 FIG 51 is a schematic diagram of the flow during the telephone network between two (image parts) a video call (video communication) produced by a process embodiment of the present invention.

图52是本发明一实施例在设定一电话会议(conference bridge)至另一电话期间所产生过程的流程示意图。 FIG 52 is a flow diagram illustrating an embodiment of the present invention is set in a conference call (conference bridge) to another telephone during the generation process.

图53是本发明一实施例在一拨进通话与另一电话进行一电话会议期间所产生过程的流程示意图。 FIG 53 is a schematic flowchart wave during a call with another telephone into a conference call generated by a process embodiment of the present invention.

图54是本发明一实施例在一网络电话内进行一通话及使用该网络电话做为一远距电话以拨打另一电话的期间所产生过程的流程示意图。 FIG 54 is an embodiment of the present invention and performing a call using the telephone network as a remote telephone to dial a schematic flow generated during the process of another telephone in a telephone network.

图55是本发明一实施例在该排定过程期间藉由一网络电话的设定步骤的流程示意图。 FIG 55 is a schematic embodiment of the process by a setting step of the telephone network during a scheduling process embodiment of the present invention.

图56是本发明一实施例在一约会排定提醒过程期间藉由一网络电话的设定步骤的流程示意图。 FIG 56 is a schematic view of the process by the step of setting a telephone network during a scheduled appointment reminder embodiment of the present invention is a process.

具体实施方式 Detailed ways

图1显示了依照本发明一实施例的用于连接一LAN(Local AreaNetwork)的电话装置10的功能方块示意图。 Figure 1 shows a functional block schematic diagram of a telephone apparatus for connecting a LAN (Local AreaNetwork) of a embodiment of the present invention 10. 网络是经由该LAN的10/100/1000Mb/sec以太网缆线24连接至该电话装置,但亦可使用其他网络线路技术,例如高速光纤。 The network via the LAN 10/100 / 1000Mb / sec Ethernet cable 24 is connected to the telephone device, but the network line may also use other techniques, such as high-speed fiber. 对以太网而言,RJ-45型连接器是用于连接该电话装置10至一局域网缆线24,但亦可使用本领域的技术人员所熟知的其他可取的连接器。 For Ethernet, RJ-45 connector for connecting to the telephone device 10-1 LAN cable 24, but it may also be desirable to use other connectors person skilled in the art. 一以太网控制器18是经由一标准数据地址控制总线15将一微控制器和存储电路14连接至该局域网。 An Ethernet controller 18 is a microcontroller 15 and the memory circuit 14 is connected to the LAN via a standard data bus control address. 该装置的一个例子是ASIX公司的AX88796L区域总线高速以太网控制器(及ADSP-21065L)或Intel公司的LXT971A高速以太网收发设备(及PPC855T)。 An example of the apparatus is AX88796L ASIX's local bus high speed Ethernet Controller (and ADSP-21065L) LXT971A Intel Corporation, or Fast Ethernet transceiver (and PPC855T).

该微控制器和存储电路14结合至一显示器接口电路20、一键盘接口电路22、一电话电路16及一USB(Univer Serial Bus)接口电路26。 The microcontroller 14 and the memory circuit bind to a display interface circuit 20, a keyboard interface circuit 22, a telephone circuit 16, and a USB (Univer Serial Bus) interface circuit 26. 电源供应模块12的电源供应及计时功能是经由一电源总线13供应至该微控制器和存储电路14、电话电路16、以太网电路18、显示器电路20、键盘电路22及USB接口电路26。 Power Supply The power supply module 12 and timing functions are supplied via a bus 13 to power the microcontroller and the memory circuit 14, the telephone circuit 16, an Ethernet circuit 18, a display circuit 20, the keyboard circuit 22 and a USB interface circuit 26. 该微控制器和存储电路14包含一中央处理器/数字信号处理器(Central Processing Unit/Digital Signal Processor,CPU/DSP),以取得、解码及执行其内部或外部存储器储存的程式。 The microcontroller and the memory circuit 14 comprises a central processor / or digital signal processor (Central Processing Unit / Digital Signal Processor, CPU / DSP), to fetch, decode and execute its internal or external memory to store programs. 该装置的一个例子是AnalogDevice公司的ADSP-21065L或Motorola公司的PPC855T中央处理器。 An example of the apparatus is the ADSP-21065L AnalogDevice company or companies PPC855T Motorola central processor. 存储器设定可包含(但未受此限制)快闪存储器、EPROM(electronicallyprogrammable read only memory)、EEPROM(electronically erasable read onlymemory)、RAM(random access memory)、DRAM(dynamic random accessmemory)、SRAM(static random access memory)及SDRAM(synchronousDRAM)。 The memory can consist of (but not limited thereto) flash memory, EPROM (electronicallyprogrammable read only memory), EEPROM (electronically erasable read onlymemory), RAM (random access memory), DRAM (dynamic random accessmemory), SRAM (static random access memory) and SDRAM (synchronousDRAM). 该微控制器和存储电路14的主要功能是用在该电话装置10内控制并连通该电话电路16、以太网电路18、显示器电路20、键盘电路22及USB接口电路26。 The main functions of the microcontroller and the memory circuit 14 is used in the communication with the telephone device 10 and the telephone control circuit 16, an Ethernet circuit 18, a display circuit 20, the keyboard circuit 22 and a USB interface circuit 26. 例如,可包含解码该键盘接口电路22的键盘信号;接收、解码及传送声音数据(经由声音辨别)以及到或来自该电话电路16的音调信号;接收/发送来自该USB接口电路26的USB数据;显示进入网络的数据及键盘键入信息;显示帮助菜单;及该显示器电路20的其他功能。 For example, may include a keyboard signal to decode the keyboard interface circuit 22; receiving, decoding, and transmission audio data (via voice recognition) and to or from the telephone circuit 16, a tone signal; receiving / transmitting USB data from the USB interface circuit 26 ; display and a keyboard to enter a network of data type information; help menu display; and other features of the display circuit 20. 一分离式键盘28亦可经由该键盘接口电话22进行安装。 A split keyboard 28 can be mounted via the telephone keyboard interface 22.

该USB接口电路26是用以连通一USB装置27,以便能传送到或来自局域网的数据。 The USB interface circuit 26 is used for communication with a USB device 27, so that data can be transmitted to or from the LAN. 该装置的一个例子是Agere System公司的USS-820D USB装置控制器。 An example of the apparatus is Agere System's USS-820D USB device controller. 该USB装置27包含打印机、数字相机、扫描器、录影装置、储存装置、个人数字助理、手提个人电脑。 The USB device 27 includes printers, digital cameras, scanners, video devices, storage devices, personal digital assistants, portable PC. 例如,在一应用中,连接一录影输入/输出装置,因而可经由该网络电话传送影像及声音。 For example, in one application, is connected to a video input / output device, and thus may be transmitted via the telephone network images and audio. 依需求该USB端口可指定一特定的区别用电话号码。 According to the requirements of the USB port you can specify a particular phone number with a difference. 在另一应用中,通过使用USB扫描器作为USB装置27,传送一文件至该局域网上的另一目的地。 In another application, by using the USB scanner 27 as a USB device, a file transfer to another destination on the LAN. 该文件是经由一做为该USB装置27的打印机在另一网络电话进行接收和打印,或在直接连接至该局域网的一打印机服务器进行接收及打印。 The document via the printer 27 as a USB device are received and printed at the other telephone network, or receiving and printing in a printer server connected to the LAN directly.

该电源供应电路12可提供直流电源至所有模组,电源是具有RESET重设功能、同步计时及包括数据的实时时钟信息。 The power supply circuit 12 provides DC power to all the modules, a power supply having a RESET function, which includes a real time clock and synchronization timing information of the data. 该电源供应电路12亦可包含一电池备用系统,以便在失去电源时运做。 The power supply circuit 12 may also include a battery backup system, the loss of power to make a fortune. 该电话电路16提供标准听筒及扬声器/麦克风接口,及模拟与数字的转换。 The circuit 16 provides standard telephone handset and loudspeaker microphone interface, and analog to digital conversion /.

图2显示了依照本发明一实施例的用于连接一模拟电话34至一局域网的装置30的功能方块示意图。 2 shows a functional block schematic diagram for an embodiment of the analog telephone connection device 30 of the LAN 34-1 a embodiment of the present invention. 模拟电话局域网接口装置30包含多个构件,这些构件允许连接一标准模拟电话机34及一局域网系统,该局域网系统较佳是一以太局域网系统。 LAN analog telephone interface means 30 comprises a plurality of components which allow connection to a standard analog telephone system 34 and a LAN, the LAN system is a preferred system Ethernet LAN. 一模拟电话接口电路32可解码声音及按键输入的DTMF(dual tone multi-frequency)指令,以便经由该局域网进行数字传送。 An analog telephone interface circuit 32 may decode the voice input key and DTMF (dual tone multi-frequency) command, for digital transmission over the LAN. 该模拟电话接口电路32亦提供拨号声、忙线声及响铃声的功能给模拟电话机34。 The analog telephone interface circuit 32 also provides a dial tone, busy voice and ringing functions to analog telephone 34. 该模拟电话接口电路32较佳是Silicon Laboratories公司的Si3210(Programmalbe CMOS SLIC/Codec with Ringing/Battery Voltage Generation)。 The analog telephone interface circuit 32 is preferably of Silicon Laboratories Inc. Si3210 (Programmalbe CMOS SLIC / Codec with Ringing / Battery Voltage Generation). 该模拟电话机34或多个电话机可经由一标准RJ11连接器及电话线40而连接至该装置30。 The analog telephone 34 or may be a plurality of telephones and a standard RJ11 connector 40 is connected to a telephone line 30 via the device. 该模拟电话机34亦可包含一传真机或无线电话。 The analog telephone 34 may also include a wireless telephone or facsimile.

该模拟电话局域网接口装置30亦可包含一免持听筒接口电路36,用于连接至该扬声器及麦克风38,以提供许多模拟电话机没有的免持听筒操作。 The LAN interface analog telephone device 30 may also include a speakerphone interface circuit 36 ​​for connecting to the speaker and a microphone 38, an analog to provide a number of hands-free telephone is not in operation. 由于大多数模拟电话机34已包含一数字键盘,因此数字键盘仅选择性地设于该模拟电话局域网接口装置30上。 Since most of the analog telephone set 34 already contains a numeric keypad, a numeric keypad so provided selectively only on the local area network interface device 30 analog telephone.

请参照图3所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的装置50的功能方块示意图,该装置50用于将一数字电话54连接至一局域网。 Referring to Figure 3, which discloses a functional block schematic diagram of the apparatus 50 of the embodiment of the present invention, an embodiment of the means 50 for connecting a digital phone 54-1 LAN. 由于该数字电话机的通信协议并未标准化,且各制造商各有其专署规格,因此定制的数字电话接口电路52是用以解码声音及键盘的输入指令,以供该数字电话机54使用。 Since the digital telephone communication protocol is not standardized, and each manufacturer has its own agency specifications, so custom digital telephone interface circuit 52 for inputting an instruction is decoded sound and keyboard for the use of the digital telephone set 54. 由于该免持听筒接口电路36常已设于该数字电话机54上,因此该免持听筒接口电路36的设置并非必要。 Since the hands-free interface circuit 36 ​​is often provided on the digital telephone 54, so that the hands-free interface circuitry in the handset 36 is not necessary. 该数字电话局域网接口装置50的其他功能是相似于上述的电话装置10或模拟电话局域网接口装置30。 Other functions of the digital telephone local area network interface device 50 is similar to the above-described telephone device 10 or analog telephone 30 LAN interface means.

请参照图4A所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一网络电话装置的键盘及显示器62的布局60示意图。 Referring to FIG 4A, a keyboard and a display which discloses a network telephone apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention, a layout 62 of 60 FIG. 该键盘包含按键63、66及68。 The keys comprising keyboard 63, 66 and 68. 一标准电话数字键盘68是用以输入数字及字符的信息。 A standard telephone number pad 68 is used to input information numbers and characters. 该按键66是固定功能按键,而该按键63是可编程功能按键A至F。 The fixed function key 66 is a key, which key 63 is a programmable function buttons A through F. 多个指示灯65是用以指示该功能A至F何者处于使用状态。 A plurality of LEDs 65 to indicate that the function is A to F, whichever is in use. 并非任一现有电话设定皆具有或需要所有按键,该电话是如电话装置10、模拟电话局域网接口装置30或数字电话局域网接口装置50。 Is not any of a conventional telephone set having all or all of the keys needed, such as the telephone is a telephone device 10, the analog telephone interface means 30 or the LAN local area network interface device 50 digital telephone. 该显示器62亦可供查看一字符信息64。 The display 62 may also be a character information 64 for viewing. 该显示器62可选择液晶、电浆、发光二极体或任何其他合适的技术。 The liquid crystal display 62. Alternatively, plasma, light emitting diode, or any other suitable technique. 一讯息灯67指示语音邮件讯息的状能。 67 a message indicating the voice mail messages and lamp-like energy. 下列表1揭示十六进制的图4A按键的控制键值。 Table 1 below discloses control key hex key 4A of FIG.

请参照图4B所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的图4A的显示器62上输入字符“PQRS7”的流程示意图。 Referring to FIG. 4B, which reveals a schematic flow "PQRS7" input character on the display 62 of the embodiment of FIG. 4A, an embodiment of the present invention. 由于该键盘68的各按键包含多个字母及数字字符,相互区分的方法揭示于本实施例中。 Since each of the keys of the keyboard 68 comprises a plurality of alphabetic characters and numbers, distinguishable from each other methods disclosed in the present embodiment. 由图4B的步骤70开始,该字符“P”是通过按压该“7”(或“7PQRS”)键,及接着按压该“1”键,而键入于该显示器上,其是代表该“7”键的“PQRS”字串的第一个字符。 Starting from Step 4B, 70, the character "P" by pressing the "7" (or "7PQRS") keys, and then presses the "1" key, and typing on the display, which is representative of the "7 PQRS "the first character string" key. " 在步骤71时,该显示器62显示“P”。 In step 71, the display 62 displays "P". 在步骤72时,通过按压该“7”键及接着按压该“2”键,而使“Q”加入该显示器62,因而在步骤73时,该显示器62显示“PQ”。 In step 72, by pressing the "7" key and then presses the "2" key, the "Q" is added to the display 62, and thus at step 73, the display 62 displays "the PQ." 在步骤74时,通过按压该“7”键及“3”键,因而在步骤75时,该显示器62显示“PQR”。 In step 74, by pressing the "7" key and the "3" key, so in step 75, the display 62 displays "the PQR." 在步骤76时,通过按压该“7”键及“4”键,因而在步骤77时,该显示器62显示“PQRS”。 In step 76, by pressing the "7" key and the "4" key, so in step 77, the display 62 displays "the PQRS." 在步骤78时,通过按压该“7”键及“5”键,因而在步骤79时,该显示器62显示“PQRS7”。 In step 78, by pressing the "7" key and the "5" key, so in step 79, the display 62 displays "PQRS7". 为完成下文目的,当一字符输入至该显示器62时,即使仅揭示一简短的叙述如“键入ABC”,其亦假设已进行相似图4B所述的过程。 To accomplish the purpose of the following, when a character input to the display 62, even if only a brief description discloses as "type ABC", which is also assumed that the process has been similar 4B.

表1 Table 1

请参照图5所示,其揭示本发明一实施例将二网络电话82、84连接至一局域网集线器86的方块示意图80。 Referring to FIG. 5, which discloses an embodiment of the present invention to connect to a second network 82, the telephone 86 is a schematic block LAN hub 80. 该局域网集线器86较佳是一以太网集线器,但亦可使用其他技术。 The Ethernet hub is an Ethernet hub 86 is preferably, but other techniques can also be used. 下文将以以太网系统为例进行说明,然其并非用以限定本发明的实施方式,其亦适合使用任何其他可供选择的高速网络系统。 Hereinafter will be described an example Ethernet system, they are not intended to limit the embodiments of the present invention, which is also suitable for any other alternative high-speed network system. 该网络电话82、84是经由10/100/1000Mb/sec的屏蔽或未屏蔽双纽缆线或其他相容的高速数据缆线,而连接至该局域网以太网线路88。 Via the telephone network 82, 84 10/100 / 1000Mb sec shield / or unshielded twisted-pair cable or other compatible high-speed data cable, an Ethernet local area network connected to the line 88. 该线路88是利用如RJ-45连接器,而连接该电话82及84,但亦可使用其他相容连接器。 The line 88 is the use of connectors, such as RJ-45, and 82 are connected to the telephone 84 but also other compatible connectors. 该网络电话82、84是连接至该局域网集线器86,以连通至该局域网上的其他装置。 The telephone network 82, 84 is connected to the LAN hub 86, to communicate to other devices on the LAN. 该电话82及84的运作不需要由一中央交换器、控制站或企业用户专用交换器(PBX)系统,以设定其运作或产生通话至同一局域网上的另一或其他电话。 82 and 84 the operation of the telephone need not switch by a central control station or EC-specific switch (PBX) system, or to set its operation generates another call on the same LAN or to another phone.

请参照图6所示,其揭示本发明一实施例将二网络电话P1 82、P2 84及二电脑PC1 92、PC2 94连接至一局域网集线器86的方块示意图90。 Referring to FIG. 6, which will be disclosed embodiment embodiment of a second network telephone of the present invention P1 82, P2 84 and two computers PC1 92, PC2 94 is connected to a LAN hub 86 is a schematic block 90. 该网络电话P1、P2可与其他装置共同运作,例如已连至该集线器86的个人电脑PC1、PC2。 The Internet phone P1, P2 can work together with other devices, for example, has been connected to the hub of the personal computer PC1 86, PC2. 该网络电话P1、P2可互相呼叫,或呼叫该局域网上的其他电话(未表示),且不需借助于该个人电脑PC1、PC2的网络通信的连接(除了网络数据流量的少量增加外)。 The telephone network P1, P2 can call each other, or other telephone call on the LAN (not shown), and without the aid of a personal computer PC1, PC2 is connected to a communication network (except for a small increase in external data traffic network). P1和P2同样可以直接连接至该个人电脑PC1、PC2,以提供如语音邮件的服务,或用以加速诸如连接该网络电话82、84及个人电脑的多个USB装置27之间的数据通信。 P1 and P2 can also be directly connected to the personal computer PC1, PC2, to provide services such as voice mail, or to accelerate the data communication, such as a network connection between the telephone 27 and the personal computer 82, a plurality of USB devices. 一旦电话P1、P2已安装及设定,该网络电话P1的第一使用者可将一通话送至该网络电话P2上的第二使用者,而无需借助于一中央交换装置路由该电话。 Once telephone P1, P2 has been installed and set, the first user of the network may be a telephone call P1 to the second user P2 on the telephone network, without recourse to a central switching means for routing the telephone.

请参照图7A所示,其揭示本发明一实施例将二网络电话82、84及一语音邮件/网络储存用个人电脑102连接至一局域网集线器86的方块示意图。 Referring to FIG 7A, the embodiment of the present invention which discloses an embodiment of the second network 82, 84, and a voice mail telephone / network storage is connected to the LAN hub 86 is a block schematic diagram of a personal computer 102. P1及P2连接至该局域网集线器86,并经由该局域网进行通信,以将语音邮件或数据讯息存留于该个人电脑102提供的储存空间。 P1 and P2 are connected to the LAN hub 86, and communicate via the LAN to the voice mail message or data retained in the personal computer 102 to provide storage space. 由于可取得成本较低的大量记忆空间,因此该个人电脑102的使用有利于上述目的。 Lower cost can be obtained since a large amount of memory space, and therefore use of the personal computer 102 facilitates the above-described object. 该个人电脑102亦可提供各电话P1及P2讯息记忆能力,但其记忆能力较低。 The personal computer 102 may also provide various telephone messages P1 and P2 and memory ability, but its memory capacity is low. 若可接受较低的记忆能力,则可藉由局域储存语音邮件于该电话单元82、84,而得到降低网络流量等网络通信的优点。 If an acceptable low memory capacity can be stored by the local voice message to the telephone unit 82, a communication network to obtain the advantage of reducing network traffic. 然而,就拥有大量使用者的大型系统而言,由于语音邮件讯息常例行地利用该类系统进行备份,以避免意外流失数据,因此该语音邮件用个人电脑较有效率及较安全。 However, for large systems with a large number of users, because the voice mail messages often routinely use such systems to back up, in order to avoid accidental loss of data, so the voice mail with a PC more efficient and safer. 再者,相较于固态DRAM(solid state DRAM),个人电脑的使用可提供较低成本的硬体记忆储存。 Furthermore, compared to the solid-state DRAM (solid state DRAM), the use of PC hardware can provide memory storage at a lower cost.

请参照图7B所示,其揭示本发明一实施例介于二网络电话P1 82、P2 84及一语音邮件/网络储存用个人电脑102之间的语音邮件讯息路径的方块示意图。 Referring to FIG 7B, the embodiment of the present invention, which discloses an embodiment of a telephone network between two P1 82, P2 84, and a voice mail / network storage block schematic diagram of a personal computer with a voice mail message path 102 between. 若该网络电话P1的一使用者欲存留一声音讯息给该网络电话P2的一使用者,则存在三种可行的讯息路径。 A user if a user of the telephone network P1 is retained to be a voice message to the telephone network and P2, three possible message paths are present. 对未设语音邮件用个人电脑的系统而言,一路径B 106是唯一可行的路线,其中一语音邮件讯息直接由该网络电话P1传送至该网络电话P2,并储存于局域存储器中。 Not provided for in terms of a personal computer with a voice mail system, a path B 106 is the only viable path, wherein a voicemail message transmitted directly from the telephone network to the telephone network P1 P2, and stored in local memory. 就具备语音邮件用个人电脑的系统而言,一路径A 104、110及一路径C 108是可行的选择。 It includes a personal computer in terms of a voice mail system, a path and a path A 104,110 C 108 is a viable option. 在该路径A上,该语音邮件系经由该网络电话P1至该网络电话P2,接着传至该语音邮件用个人电脑102。 In the path A, the voice mail system via the telephone network to the telephone network P1 P2, and then transmitted to the personal computer 102 with a voice message. 在该路径C 108,该语音邮件系经由该网络电话P1 82直接传至该语音邮件用个人电脑102。 In the path C 108, the voice mail system via the telephone network P1 82 directly transmitted to the PC 102 with a voice message. 该路径A及C的详细过程将于下文进一步加以说明。 A detailed procedure of the path, and C will be described further below.

请参照图8所示,其揭示本发明一实施例中多个网络电话经由以太局域网交换器连接至一语音邮件/网络储存用个人电脑的方块示意图120。 Referring to FIG. 8, which in the disclosed embodiment a plurality of block connected to a telephone network voice mail switch via Ethernet LAN / network is stored with the personal computer 120 a schematic embodiment of the present invention. 在图8中,相互连线的三阶层区域网络交换器用以连接大量的网络电话至一语音邮件/网络储存用个人电脑102,但亦可使用不同的阶层数量。 In FIG. 8, the three sectors of each connection area network switch to connect a telephone network to a large number of voice mail / network storage 102 with a personal computer, but can also use a different number of sectors. 在本实施例中,该交换器124、128、130、132、134、136、138是六连接端口P1-P6(未示)单元。 In the present embodiment, the switch 124,128,130,132,134,136,138 six connection ports P1-P6 (not shown) units. 此处绘示具有六连接端口的交换器,但同样亦可使用具有较多或较少连接端口数量的交换器。 Switch here shown having six ports, but the same can also be used with a greater or lesser number of switch ports. 一语音邮件/网络储存用个人电脑122连接至该交换器301 124的连接端口P6,该交换器301 124接着在一阶层200处连接至5部交换器,但此处仅绘示其中二部交换器201 128、交换器202 130,以便清楚表示及简化图示。 A voice mail / network storage is connected to the switch port P6 301,124 with a personal computer 122, then the switch 301 124 is connected to the switch 5 at a class 200, but only shown here in which two exchange 201 128, a switch 202130, and in order to simplify the illustration clearly indicated. 在该阶层200处,各交换器120、130的5个连接端口可在一阶层100处额外增设最多5部的交换器。 At this hierarchy 200, each switch is connected to port 5 of the switch 100 at a creation of an additional class of up to 5 120,130. 为了清楚表示,此处仅绘示其中2部。 For clarity indicates, wherein only two shown here. 在本实施例中,二交换器101 132、102 134连接于该交换器201 128。 In the present embodiment, two switches 101 connected to the switch 134 132,102 201 128 同样的,二交换器111 136、112 138连接于该交换器202 130。 Similarly, the second switch 111 is connected to the switch 138 136,112 202 130 在一阶层0处,多个网络装置140至154连接至各交换器132、134、136、138。 In a class 0, the plurality of network devices 140 to 154 connected to each switch 132, 134. 所有上述网络装置140至154为网络电话,或其一部份与其他装置,如个人电脑、服务器或其他相容装置。 All of these network devices 140-154 telephone network, or a portion thereof with other devices, such as personal computers, servers, or other compatible device. 本发明亦可使用一局域网集线器,以代替该交换器124、128、130、132、134、136、138,或亦可便用任何集线器及交换器的组合。 The present invention is also the use of a LAN hub, instead of the switch 124,128,130,132,134,136,138, or it can also be a combination of any of hubs and switches. 就以太网系统而言,多个连接线路126较佳为高速10/100/1000Mb/sec的T线以太网缆线。 For Ethernet system, a plurality of connection lines 126 is preferably a high-speed 10/100 / 1000Mb / sec Ethernet cable line of T.

请参照图9所示,其揭示本发明一实施例中多个网络电话连接至以太局域网集线器及交换器的方块示意图。 Please refer to FIG. 9, block disclosed embodiment a plurality of telephone network is connected to an Ethernet LAN hubs and switches is a schematic view of a embodiment of the present invention. 一传统局域网系统160包含一文件服务器162连接至一以太网交换器168。 A conventional LAN system 160 includes a file server 162 is connected to an Ethernet switch 168. 该交换器168接着可连接至多个局域网集线器170至174及一打印机服务器164。 The switch 168 may then be connected to a plurality of LAN hub 170 to 174 164 and a printer server. 在具六连接端口的各集线器170至174处,其可连接最多5部网络装置D11 140、D12 142、D15 176、D21 144、D22 146、D25 178、D51 180、D52 182、D55 184。 Connecting the hub port in at 170 to 174 with six, which can connect up to five network device D11 140, D12 142, D15 176, D21 144, D22 146, D25 178, D51 180, D52 182, D55 184. 为了清楚表示,此处仅绘示其中一部份网络装置。 For clarity showing only shown here in which a part of the network device. 该网络装置140、142、176、144、146、178、180、182、184的任一部份可以是网络电话,而其余的网络装置则可以是其他合适的网络装置,例如个人电脑或服务器。 It means any part of the network may be a VoIP 140,142,176,144,146,178,180,182,184, while the rest of the network device may be any other suitable network devices, such as personal computers or servers. 此处绘示具六连接端口的该交换器168及集线器170、172、174,但其同样可使用较多或较少连接端口。 The schematic shown here with six port switch 168 and the hub 170, 172, but it may be used more or less the same port.

请参照图10所示,其揭示本发明一实施例中多个网络电话及语音邮件/网络储存用个人电脑连接至以太局域网交换器的方块示意图190。 Referring to FIG. 10, block disclosed embodiment a plurality of telephone networks and voice-mail / network storage is connected to the Ethernet LAN switch 190 with a personal computer schematic embodiment of the present invention. 图9中的集线器170、172、174由多个以太局域网交换器194、196、198所取代。 Hubs 170, 172 in FIG. 9 LAN switches 194,196,198 replaced by a plurality of ether. 多个网络装置140至146及176至184连接至多个交换器194至198。 A plurality of network devices 140-146 and 176-184 are connected to a plurality of switches 194-198. 该网络装置140至146及176至184的任一部份可为网络电话。 The network device of any one of 140 to 146 and 176 to 184 may be part of a telephone network. 该交换器194至198接着连接至该交换器192。 The switch 194-198 is then connected to the switch 192. 该文件服务器162及打印机服务器164亦连接至该交换器192。 The file server 162 and the printer server 164 is also connected to the switch 192. 如上所述,该文件服务器162及打印机服务器164可连接至该局域网系统190的任一部交换器192-198。 As described above, the file server 162 and print server 164 may be connected to the LAN system according to any one of the switches 190 192-198. 该交换器194至198用以取代集线器,以减少数据冲突(多个局域网装置同时传送)及改善网络性能。 The switch 194-198 to replace the hub, in order to reduce the data collision (means for transmitting a plurality of local area networks) and improve network performance.

请参照图11所示,其揭示本发明一实施例将外部网络及公用交换电话网络(PSTN)连接至连有网络电话的局域网的方块示意图。 Referring to FIG. 11, which discloses an embodiment of the present invention is connected to an external network and a public switched telephone network (PSTN) connected with a telephone network to a block schematic diagram of a local area network. 如上所述,该网络装置D11至D15、D21至D25及D51至D55的任一部份可为网络电话。 As described above, the network device D11 to D15, D21 to D25 and D51 any part to D55 may be a telephone network.

为了将内部产生的通话由该网络电话D11至D55连接至公用交换电话网络(Public Switched Telephone Networks,PSTN)208,其需要一叫做中继线路卡/数字总机(Trunk Line Card/Digital Attendant)的接口装置。 Interface means in order to call generated internally connected by the telephone network D11 to D55 to the public switched telephone network (Public Switched Telephone Networks, PSTN) 208, which requires a known relay line card / digital switchboard (Trunk Line Card / Digital Attendant) of . 该中继线路卡连接该外部电话线路(PSTN)的模拟电路至一数字总机所需的数字电路。 An analog circuit connected to the relay line card to the external telephone line (PSTN) to a digital circuit a desired digital switchboard. 在本实施例中,装置204具有该二功能。 In the present embodiment, the apparatus 204 has two functions. 该数字总机可将该局域网装置使用的MAC(媒体存取控制,media access control)地址转换成标准电话系统可解读的电话号码。 The digital switchboard can use the LAN device MAC (Media Access Control, media access control) address into a standard telephone system may interpret the phone number. 该数字总机及该中继线路卡可将代表声音对话的数字数据流转换成该外部电话线路的频率及信号种类。 The switchboard and the digital trunk card representing speech dialogue digital data stream to signal type and frequency of the external telephone line. 该中继线路卡/数字总机204亦用以将外部拨号连接转换成一网络电话的合适MAC地址。 The trunk card / digital switchboard 204 also dial-up connection to the external telephone network is converted into a suitable MAC address. 该数字总机/中继线路卡204可选择封装成一体(例如形成在同一印刷电路板上)并安装于一个人电脑,或分别组装。 The digital switchboard / trunk card 204 selectively packaged into one (e.g., formed on the same printed circuit board) and attached to a personal computer, or are assembled. 若分别组装时,该数字总机内建于一独立电脑的控制台内,并设有多种显示指示器(LEDs、LCD显示器等)及控制装置,以便在该局域网系统中截取或引导通话。 If are assembled, the digital switchboard built in a separate computer console, and a plurality of display indicators (LEDs, LCD display, etc.) and a control device, to intercept the call or direct local area network system.

同理,源自外部网络206的通话经由一数据网络线路卡/数字总机202进行连接,以转换成该网络电话使用的MAC地址,或对该MAC地址进行转换。 Similarly, calls originating from the external network 206 is a network connected via a data line card / digital switchboard 202 to be converted into the telephone network using the MAC address or the MAC address conversion. 该外部网络206为一广域网络(Wide Area Network),例如因特网、虚拟私有网络(Virtual Private Network),或该外部网络206亦可藉由更多区域通信系统加以实现,该区域通信系统可使用微波、雷射或埋设缆线,以供建筑物之间或园区之间进行连接。 The external network 206 is a WAN (Wide Area Network), such as the Internet, a virtual private network (Virtual Private Network), or by the external network 206 may be implemented more area communication system, the communication system may use a microwave region , laser or buried cables for connection between a building or campus. 如此可方便将局域网覆盖范围限制于一预定建筑物或结构体内,例如,使用一微波或雷射系统以供建筑物之间或园区之间进行连接。 Thus LAN may conveniently be limited to a predetermined coverage building or structure in vivo, e.g., using a laser or a microwave system for a building or campus between connection. 就相隔更远的二地的通信而言,其适合使用因特网或一虚拟私有网络。 Communication on the further apart two places in terms of its use for the Internet or a virtual private network. 此时,设定该数据网络线路卡/数字总机线路卡202及网络电话,以支持因特网协定。 In this case, setting the data network line card / digital line cards 202 and switchboard telephone network to support Internet protocol. 例如,该数据网络线路卡202及中继线路卡/数字总机204可常驻于连接该局域网的一个人电脑中,或可各别装设在一分离装置。 For example, the data network 202 and the relay line card line card / digital switchboard 204 may reside in a local area network connected to the personal computer, or may be mounted in a respective separating device. 该功能另外可架构于该交换器10 192内,或架构于如上所述的一分离控制台型装置内。 The architecture may additionally function switch 10 to the 192 architecture, or in a separate console type device described above.

请参照图12A所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一中继线路卡220的功能方块示意图。 Referring to FIG. 12A, which discloses a relay function block a line card 220 embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 本实施例用以连线至T1/E1专线222,但同样亦可在不减损功能性下设定为其他公用交换电话网络线路设定。 Examples of the present embodiment for connecting to the T1 / E1 line 222, but the same can also be set without impairment of the function set to another public switched telephone network line. 一T1/E1专线接口电路224连接至一微控制器/数字信号处理器和存储电路228,接着连接至一以太网控制器及接口电路230。 A T1 / E1 line interface circuit 224 is connected to a microcontroller / Digital Signal Processor and the memory circuit 228, in turn connected to an Ethernet controller and an interface circuit 230. RJ45连接器236将该中继线路卡220连接至该局域网系统。 RJ45 connector 236 the trunk card 220 is connected to the LAN system. 可以提供单一线路232、一额外辅助线路234或其他装置。 We can provide a single line 232, a line 234, or other additional auxiliary means. 经由一电源模组226以对上述构件224至230提供电源供应、计时及重置电路的支持。 Power module via a power supply 226 to provide support, and the timing of the reset circuit of the above-described members 224 to 230.

请参照图12B所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一数字总机210的功能方块示意图。 Referring to FIG 12B, the digital switchboard which discloses an example of a functional block diagram of an embodiment 210 of the present invention. 该电路相似于图1及12A所示的实施例,但同样增设其他功能。 This circuit is similar to the embodiment of FIG. 1 and the embodiment shown in 12A, but again the addition of other features. 该数字总机210可经由使用该个人电脑212而设置该类其他功能,其可使一使用者执行属于该总机功能一部份的一人类操作接口。 The digital switchboard 210 may be provided to the PC 212 via the use of such other functions, which allow a user to perform a portion of functions belonging to the switchboard of a human operator interfaces. 该个人电脑212可提供具GUI图形用户接口的一影像屏幕显示器,以使该操作者便于确定该网络的通话状态,及引导接收通话。 The personal computer 212 may be provided with a video screen display a graphical user interface GUI to enable the operator to facilitate determining the call status of the network, and the guide receiving calls. 为了经由一线路216或更多线路连接一中心局214,可将一电路模组218加入图1的实施例中。 Connected via line 216 to a line or a more central office 214, a circuit module 218 may be added to the embodiment of FIG. 1 embodiment. 该个人电脑212连接至该USB接口26。 The personal computer 212 is connected to the USB interface 26.

请参照图13所示,其揭示本发明一实施例设定一电话号码的过程240的流程示意图。 Referring to FIG. 13, which discloses a schematic flowchart setting a phone number of a process 240 of the embodiment of the present invention. 在该过程中,由步骤242开始,该使用者手动设定一特定电话分机号码4305于使用者的分机中,并按压该“设定”键66b。 In this process, starting from step 242, the user manually setting a specific telephone extension number of the extension on the user's 4305, and presses the "set" key 66b. 在下一步骤244中,图4A中的电话显示器62显示号码(*)或名称(#)的选择。 In the next step 244, the display 62 of the telephone number shown in FIG. 4A (*) or name (#) selection. 在步骤246中,该使用者按压该“*”'键以设定一号码。 In step 246, the user presses the "*" 'key to a set number. 在步骤248中,该显示器62提示该使用者键入该号码,且在完成时,按压该“储存”键66a。 In step 248, the display 62 prompts the user to type the number, and upon completion, pressing the "store" key 66a. 在步骤250中,该使用者按压该“4、3、0、5”及“储存”键66a。 In step 250, the user presses the "4,3,0,5" and "Save" button 66a. 在步骤252中,当该电话核对电话号码是否与该局域网上别处发生冲突时,该显示器62指示使用者等待。 In step 252, the telephone when the telephone number is checked elsewhere in conflict with the local area network, the display 62 instructing the user to wait. 在步骤254中,该网络电话送出“电话号码测试”指令至该局域网的所有其他网络电话。 In step 254, it sends the telephone network "telephone number test" instruction to the local area network to all other phones. 在步骤256及257中,该网络电话等待其他网络电话的回应。 In step 256 and 257, the Internet phone waiting for a response to other Internet telephony. 若无其他电话回应“目前正使用4305”,则在步骤258中,将号码“4305”指定给该使用者。 If there is no response to other phone "is currently being used by 4305", in step 258, the number "4305" is assigned to the user. 所有其他电话将使用新号码更新查询表(look up tables,LUTs),例如图23所示的步骤726。 All other telephone numbers will be updated with the new lookup table (look up tables, LUTs), e.g. step 726 shown in FIG. 23. 在步骤259中,该号码将显示在该使用者的电话上。 In step 259, the number will be displayed on the user's phone. 在步骤253中,若有其他电话号码发生冲突时,则该电话号码已存在的讯息将显示于该显示器。 In step 253, if another phone number when a conflict occurs, the message existing phone number will be displayed on the display. 在步骤255中,该使用者接着键入不同电话号码。 In step 255, the user then to key in the telephone number.

请参照图14所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的传呼过程的流程示意图。 Referring to FIG. 14, which discloses a schematic flow diagram according to an embodiment of the paging process of the present invention. 在步骤262中,该使用者藉由拿起听筒开始该过程,并按压该“传呼”键66c。 In step 262, the user starts the process by picking up the handset and presses the "paging" key 66c. 在步骤264中,该显示器提示该使用者做选择。 In step 264, the display prompts the user to choose. 在本实施例中,该使用者在步骤266藉由按压该“3”键而选择电话#、选项(3)。 In the present embodiment, at step 266 by the user presses the "3" key is selected phone #, option (3). 在步骤268中,该显示器显示该传呼指定的电话号码。 In step 268, which displays the telephone number of the designated paging. 在本实施例中,该使用者在步骤270藉由按压该“2、7、8、0”键而键入“ 2780”。 In the present embodiment, at step 270 by the user presses the "2,7,8,0" key type "2780." 在步骤272中,该电话“2784”送出一传呼指令至电话“2780”。 In step 272, the telephone "2784" sends a command to the paging call "2780." 在步骤274中,该电话“2780”送出一“通话连结”指令至该电话“2784”。 In step 274, the telephone "2780" sends a "call link" command to the phone, "2784." 在步骤276中,该电话“2784”送出声音数据至该电话“2780”。 In step 276, the telephone "2784" sending voice data to the telephone "2780."

请参照图15所示,其揭示本发明一实施例将多个网络电话连接至二外部电话线路302、304的方块示意图300。 Referring to FIG. 15, which discloses an embodiment of the present invention connecting a plurality of telephone networks to two external telephone lines 302, 304 a block schematic diagram 300. 该电话线路302、304连接至一中继线路卡/数字总机装置306。 The telephone line 302 is connected to a trunk card / digital switchboard device 306. 该中继线路卡/数字总机装置306通常提供一连接端口305,但亦可选择设置一第二连接端口307以增加功能。 The trunk card / digital switchboard device 306 typically provides a connection port 305, but may select a second connection port 307 is provided to increase the functionality. 该中继线路卡/数字总机装置306连接至具六连接端口的一局域网交换器308,其接着连接至具六连接端口的局域网交换器310、312。 The trunk card / digital switchboard 306 is connected to a connection port having six LAN switch 308, which in turn is connected to the LAN switch 310, 312 has six connection ports. 网络电话P#1 314至P#5318连接至该交换器310,网络电话P#6 319至P#10 323连接至该交换器312。 VoIP P # 1 314 to P # 5318 is connected to the switch 310, telephone network to P # 6 319 P # 10 323 is connected to the switch 312.

在本实施例中,仅二线路及二电话号码由该电话公司指定。 In the present embodiment, only two lines and two telephone numbers specified by the telephone company. 结果,在该电话P#1至P#10的使用者之间,仅二开放线路可供随时取得使用。 As a result, between the user of the phone P # 1 to P # 10, and only two open lines made available for use at any time. 该装置306具有一分机识别用途,其可使一拨进通话者选择通话去往的合适分机。 The device 306 has an extension identification purposes, which allows the caller to select the appropriate wave into the extension call is destined. 该用途可利用预录选择而完全自动化,其可使该拨进通话者存取所有内部电话分机的目录。 This use can be used to select pre-recorded and fully automated, which allows access to the dial-in directory talker all internal phone extension. 或者,较佳的,该中继线路卡/数字总机装置306可设定以提供人类操作者介入,以便连接通话。 Alternatively, preferably, the relay line card / digital switchboard device 306 may be set to provide a human operator intervention in order to connect the call.

请参照图16所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的具有多个外部电话号码的图15的系统的方块示意图324。 Referring to Figure 16, which reveals the system having a plurality of external telephone numbers in FIG an embodiment of the present invention 15 is a block schematic diagram 324. 在本实施例中,分配足够的电话号码,以便一外部通话者能直接拨号连线至该电话P#1至P#10的各使用者。 In the present embodiment, allocate enough phone number to an external caller can directly dial the telephone connect to each user P # 1 to P # 10 is. 模组326不再具备该分机存取功能。 The extension module 326 no longer have access.

请参照图17所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的图15的系统除了指定最高优先的电话号码外的方块示意图330。 Referring to FIG. 17, which is disclosed embodiment of the system of FIG. 15 in addition to the telephone number of the highest priority designated block schematic diagram 330 of an embodiment of the present invention. 在本实施例中,仅提供二个电话号码,并指定一网络电话P#1 334为最高优先。 In the present embodiment, there is provided only two phone numbers, and a telephone network designated P # 1 334 is the highest priority. 如此造成所有接收通话引导至该网络电话P#1,且若该网络电话P#1忙线时,则一总机模组332将引导该通话者选择一分机,以引导通话。 Thus causing all received calls directed to the telephone network P # 1, and if the P # 1 Internet phone line is busy, then a switchboard module 332 directs the talker selects a station, to guide the call. 接着,该通话引导至该网络电话P#2至P#10其中之一。 Next, the call directed to one of P # 2 P # 10 to which the telephone network. 本实施例亦适用于部份机构,例如欲将所有通话经由一接待员或一接线生进行引导的机构。 The present embodiment is also applicable to partial bodies, such that all calls wishing guiding means via a receptionist or a telephone operator. 数小时后或当该接待员忙线时,通话则直接转拨至一选定分机。 After several hours when the receptionist or the line is busy, the call is transferred directly to a selected extension.

请参照图18所示,其揭示本发明一实施例中该语音邮件功能的处理步骤的流程示意图400。 Referring to Figure 18, which reveals the flow of processing steps in the embodiment of the voice mail features of the present invention is a schematic diagram of embodiment 400 a. 该过程由步骤402开始,此时一电话1呼叫一电话2。 The process begins at step 402, when a telephone 1 calls a telephone 2. 在步骤404中,该电话1送出一“拨打”指令至该电话2。 In step 404, the telephone 1 sends a "call" command to the telephone 2. 若在步骤406中确定该电话2末忙线,则电话2在步骤408中响铃。 2 determines if the end of the telephone line is busy at step 406, the telephone rings 2 at step 408. 接着,在步骤420中,该响铃次数与一预设值NR比较,在步骤420中,若确定该响铃次数未超过该预设值NR,则在步骤404中继续拨打。 Next, in step 420, the number of rings is compared with a preset value NR, in step 420, if it is determined that the number of rings does not exceed the predetermined value NR, then the call continues in step 404. 在步骤420中,若确定该响铃次数超过该预设值NR时,则在步骤422中,该通话者开始语音邮件功能。 In step 420, if is determined that the number of rings exceeds the predetermined value NR, then in step 422, the talker starts voice mail.

在步骤406中,若确定该电话2忙线时,则在步骤410中,确定该电话2的听筒种类。 In step 406, determines if the telephone 2 is busy, then in step 410, it is determined that the handset 2 species. 在步骤410中,若确定该听筒为模拟式时,则在步骤414中,产生一通话等待声音。 In step 410, it determines if the handset is analog, then in step 414, generating a call waiting sound. 在步骤406中,若确定该听筒为数字式时,则在步骤412中,使该听筒发出响铃。 In step 406, it determines if the handset is digital, then in step 412, so that the receiver generates a ring. 在步骤412及414中,该电话2的使用者可打断目前通话,并在步骤416中,接听来自电话1拨进的通话。 In step 412 and 414, the user can interrupt the current phone call 2, and at step 416, receive calls from the telephone 1 dial into.

在步骤416中,若确定该电话产生回应时,则该过程结束。 In step 416, if the telephone is determined to generate a response, then the process ends. 在步骤416中,若确定该电话未回应时,则该电话1的使用者确定不打断其目前通话,及在步骤420中再确定该响铃次数。 In step 416, while if it is determined that the phone does not respond, the user of the telephone 1 determines not to interrupt their current call, and then determine the number of rings in step 420. 若该响铃次数超过该预设值NR时,则接着在步骤422中该电话1的通话者开始语音邮件功能。 If the number of rings exceeds the predetermined value NR, then at step 422 then the telephone 1 starts talker voice mail features.

在步骤422中,该电话2将一“声音讯息储存请求”指令送至该语音邮件装置。 In step 422, the telephone 2 will be a "voice message storage request" command to the voice mail of the apparatus. 在步骤424中,该语音邮件装置将一“通话连接状态”讯息送至该电话2,及该电话2将一“通话连接状态”讯息送至该电话1。 In step 424, the voice mail apparatus to a "call connected state" message sent to the telephone 2, the telephone 2 and a "call connected state" message sent to the telephone 1. 在步骤426中,该语音邮件装置将声音数据(“留下讯息”的问候语)送至该电话2,及该电话2将该声音数据(问候语)转寄至该电话1。 In step 426, the voice data to voice mail apparatus ( "leave a message" greeting) sent to the telephone 2, the telephone 2 and the audio data (greeting) forwarded to the telephone 1. 在步骤428中,该电话1将该声音数据(该讯息)送至该电话2,及该电话2将该声音数据(该讯息)送至该语音邮件装置。 In step 428, the voice data of the telephone 1 (the message) is sent to the telephone 2, the telephone 2 and the audio data (the message) is sent to the voice mail apparatus. 在步骤430中,该电话1将一“通话断线”指令送至该电话2,及该电话2将该“通话断线”指令转寄至该语音邮件装置。 In step 430, the telephone 1 will be a "call disconnection" of the instruction to the telephone 2, the telephone 2 and the "Call disconnection" instruction forwarded to the voice mail apparatus. 在步骤432中,该语音邮件装置将一“取得声音讯息”指令送至该电话2,及该取得声音讯息指示灯67将发亮,以形成指示(如图4A所示)。 In step 432, the voice mail apparatus to an "acquired a voice message" the telephone 2 to the instruction, and the acquired voice message indicator 67 will light, indicating to form (FIG. 4A). 该显示器62则选择性地显示一“取得1讯息”的讯息。 The monitor 62 selectively displays a message "to obtain a message" in.

在另一实施例中,在步骤422后的步骤427中,该语音邮件装置将该通话连接状态及声音数据(问候语)直接送至该电话1。 In another embodiment, in the step 422 after step 427, the voice mail apparatus connection state of the call and audio data (greeting) directly to the telephone 1. 在步骤429中,该电话1将该声音数据(讯息)送至该语音邮件装置,并在步骤431中,该电话1将一“通话断线”指令送至该语音邮件装置。 In step 429, the telephone 1 the audio data (message) is sent to the voice mail apparatus, and at step 431, the telephone 1 will be a "call disconnection" of the instruction to the voice mail apparatus. 在步骤432中,该语音邮件装置将一“取得语音邮件”指令送至该电话2,其使该取得声音讯息指示灯67发亮。 In step 432, the voice mail apparatus to a "voice mail acquisition" instruction to the the telephone 2, which causes the acquired voice message indicator 67 lights.

请参照图19所示,其揭示本发明一实施例在网络电话之间传送一声音讯息的过程的流程示意图450。 Referring to Figure 19, which reveals a process flow embodiment of the present invention transmits a voice message between the telephone network 450 schematic. 在该过程中,该电话#1的使用者未拨打该电话#2,但留下一声音讯息给该电话#2的使用者。 In this process, the user telephone # 1 # 2 not dial the phone, but leave a voice message to the telephone user # 2. 在步骤452中,该电话#1的使用者按压该“讯息”键66e。 In step 452, the user telephone # 1 pressing the "message" key 66e. 在步骤454中,该电话#1的显示器62显示“读取(*)或送出(#)”。 In step 454, the telephone 621 # display shows "read (*) or out of (#)." 在步骤456中,该使用者按压该(#)键,做出确定以送出一讯息。 In step 456, the user presses the key (#), a determination is made in message delivery. 在步骤458中,该显示器接着显示“声音(*)或数据(#)”。 In step 458, then the display shows "sound (*) or the data (#)." 在步骤460中,该使用者按压该(*)键,选择送出一声音讯息。 In step 460, the user presses the (*) key to select out a voice message. 在步骤462中,该显示器显示该使用者键入该电话号码及按压该“送出”键66d。 In step 462, which displays the telephone number of the user type and presses the "Send" button 66d. 在步骤464中,该使用者键入该电话#2的号码(此处为“2003”)及按压该“送出”键66d。 In step 464, the user type the phone number # 2 (here "2003") and press the "send" key 66d.

步骤466显示该电话#1及#2之间的后继讯息流量。 The subsequent step 466 displays the message flow between the telephone 1 and # 2 #. 该电话#1首先将一“声音讯息储存请求”指令送至该电话#2。 The first phone # 1 a "voice message storage request" command to the phone to the # 2. 该电话#2接着将一“声音讯息储存请求”指令送至该语音邮件装置。 # 2 then the telephone a "voice message storage request" command to the voice mail of the apparatus.

在步骤466后的第一可行方式中,步骤468a使该语音邮件装置将一“通话连接”讯息送至该电话#1,并将一声音数据(“问候语”)送至该电话#1。 In a first possible embodiment after step 466, step 468a so that a voice mail means "call connected" to the message # 1 of the telephone, and a voice data ( "greeting") is sent to the phone # 1.

在步骤466后的第二可行方式中,步骤468b使该语音邮件装置将一“通话连接”讯息送至该电话#2,电话#2接着将一“通话连接”讯息送至该电话#1。 In a second possible embodiment after step 466, step 468b so that a voice mail means "call connected" message sent to the phone # 2, # 2, then telephone a "call connected" message sent to the phone # 1. 此外,在步骤468b中,该语音邮件装置将一声音数据(“问候语”)直接送至该电话#2,该电话#2接着将一声音数据问候语送至该电话#1。 Further, in step 468b, the voice mail apparatus to an audio data ( "greeting") directly to the phone # 2, # 2 then the telephone a voice greeting data # 1 sent to the telephone.

在步骤470中,该使用者在该电话#1由扬声器听到该“问候语”。 In step 470, the user of the telephone # 1 by the speaker to hear the "greeting." 在步骤472中,该使用者记录该声音讯息。 In step 472, the user records the voice message.

在步骤472后的第一可行方式中,步骤474a使该电话1直接送出该使用者记录的声音讯息至该语音邮件装置。 In a first possible embodiment after step 472, step 474a to make the telephone 1 sends a voice message to the user directly to the voice mail recording apparatus.

在步骤472后的第二可行方式中,步骤474b使该电话1将该声音讯息送至该电话#2,该电话#2接着将该声音讯息送至该语音邮件装置。 In a second possible embodiment after step 472, step 474b so that the telephone 1 a voice message is sent to the phone # 2, # 2 then the telephone is sent the voice message to the voice mail apparatus. 在步骤476a中,该电话#1将一“通话断线”讯息送至该语音邮件装置。 In step 476a, the telephone 1 # a "call disconnection" message sent to the voice mail apparatus. 在步骤476b中,该电话#1将一“通话断线”讯息送至该电话#2,接着该电话#2将该“通话断线”讯息送至该语音邮件装置。 In step 476b, the telephone 1 # a "call disconnection" # 2 message sent to the telephone, then the telephone # 2 the "Call disconnection" message sent to the voice mail apparatus.

在步骤478中,该显示器显示该讯息已经送出,并在步骤480中,该语音邮件装置将一“取得语音邮件”指令送至该电话#2,结果使该电话#2的讯息指示灯67发亮。 In step 478, which displays the message has been sent, and in step 480, the voice mail apparatus to a "voice mail acquisition" instruction to the # 2 of the telephone, with the result that the telephone message # 2 Hair indicator 67 bright.

请参照图20所示,其揭示本发明一实施例传送一字符数据讯息的过程的流程示意图500。 Referring to the flow shown in FIG. 20, which process embodiment disclosed in the present invention transmits a message to an embodiment of the character data 500 of the schematic. 在该过程中,该电话#1的使用者未拨打给该电话#2,但留下一数据(或字符)讯息给该电话#2的使用者。 In this process, the user telephone # 1 was not to call the phone # 2, but leaving a data (or character) message to the phone user # 2. 在步骤502中,该电话#1的使用者按压该“讯息”键66e。 In step 502, the telephone user # 1 presses the "message" key 66e. 在步骤504中,该电话#1的显示器62显示“读取(*)或送出(#)”。 In step 504, the telephone 621 # display shows "read (*) or out of (#)." 在步骤506中,该使用者按压该(#)键,确定送出一讯息。 In step 506, the user presses the key (#), sending a message is determined. 在步骤508中,该显示器接着显示“声音(*)或数据(#)”。 In step 508, then the display shows "sound (*) or the data (#)." 在步骤510中,该使用者按压该(#)键,以选择数据。 In step 510, the user presses the key (#) to select the data. 在步骤512中,该显示器提醒该使用者键入该数据讯息,并按压“储存”键66a。 In step 512, the type of the display to remind the user data message, and presses the "store" key 66a. 在步骤514中,该使用者键入该讯息“2025呼叫John”,并按压“储存”键66a。 In step 514, the user of the message type "Call John 2025", and presses the "store" key 66a. 在步骤516中,该显示器显示刚键入的讯息,接着指示按压该“讯息”键66e以变更该讯息,或按压该“送出”键66d以送出讯息。 In step 516, which displays the message just typed, then instructs presses the "message" key 66e to change the message, or pressing the "Send" button 66d to send the message. 在步骤518中,该使用者按压该“送出”键66d。 In step 518, the user presses the "Send" button 66d. 在步骤520中,该显示器接着提醒使用者输入目的地电话号码。 In step 520, the display is then alert the user to input the destination telephone number. 在步骤522中,该使用者键入该电话#2电话号码(此处为2003),并按压该“送出”键66d。 In step 522, the user of the telephone type telephone number # 2 (here, 2003), and presses the "Send" button 66d.

在步骤524中,该电话P#1将一“数据讯息储存请求”指令送至该电话P#2,该电话P#2接着将一“数据讯息储存预备”指令回送至该电话P#1。 In step 524, the telephone P # 1 to a "data storage request message" to the instruction of the phone P # 2, P # 2 then the telephone will be a "preliminary data stored message" sent back to the telephone instruction P # 1. 在步骤526中,该电话P#1将该数据讯息送至该电话P#2。 In step 526, the telephone P # 1 message sent to the data of the telephone P # 2. 在步骤528中,该电话P#2将一“数据讯息储存告知收到”指令送至该电话P#1,该电话P#1将一“结束”指令送至该电话P#2。 In step 528, the telephone P # 2 to a "data storage acknowledging receipt of the message" command sent to the telephone P # 1, P # 1 to the telephone an "end" command is sent to the telephone P # 2. 在步骤528中,该电话P#1的显示器显示该讯息已送出,及该电话P#2的讯息指示灯67发亮。 In step 528, the telephone display. 1 P # display the message has been sent, the telephone and P # 2 message indicator 67 lights.

请参照图21所示,其揭示本发明一实施例在一会议通话期间在网络电话间之间通信过程的流程示意图550。 Referring to FIG. 21, which is disclosed in a conference call during the communication process flow schematic 550 between the telephone network between an embodiment of the present invention. 在本实施例中,一网络电话A 552架构一会议通话于一网络电话B 554、一网络电话C 556及一网络电话D 558之间。 In the present embodiment, an architecture of a telephone network A 552 conference call between a telephone network B 554, a telephone network and a telephone network C 556 D 558. 该网络电话B的声音数据流量经由一路径564送至该电话A,并在会议通话中,所有网络电话的声音数据流量通过该网络电话A经由该路径566而送至该电话B。 Flow rate of the VoIP voice data B supplied via a path 564 the telephone A, and a conference call, all the sound data traffic via the telephone network 566 and the path to the telephone network via the telephone A B. 同理,该网络电话C的声音数据流量经由一路径562送至该电话A,并在会议通话中所有网络电话的声音数据流量通过该网络电话A经由该路径560而送至该电话C。 Similarly, the flow rate of the audio data C is sent to the telephone network via a telephone path A 562, in a conference call and all the sound data traffic via the telephone network 560 and the path to the telephone network via the telephone C. A 该网络电话D的声音数据流量经由一路径568送至该电话A,并在会议通话中,所有网络电话的声音数据流量通过该网络电话A经由该路径570而送至该电话D。 Flow rate of the VoIP voice data D is sent to the telephone 568 via a path A, and in a conference call, the voice traffic data to all the VoIP telephone network via the path A 570 and sent via the telephone D.

请参照图22A所示,其揭示现有以太网数据传输帧(transmission frame)结构的方块示意图600。 Referring to FIG. 22A, which discloses block existing Ethernet data transmission frame (transmission frame) of a schematic structure 600. 该协定及数据结构依据IEEE802.3的标准,及代表在以太局域网系统中如何将数字信息由一装置传送至另一装置。 The protocol and data structure according to the IEEE802.3 standard, and representative of how the digital information from one device to another device on the Ethernet LAN transmission system. 由于一以太网系统的数据传送基本上是一连串的,该数据传输帧包含信息,其以连续方式排列,并相关于目标装置的身分及地址、该来源装置的身分及地址、传送的数据及缓冲信息,以供辨识该传输帧的起点及终点。 Since the data transfer system is basically a series of Ethernet, the data transmission frame including information, which are arranged in a continuous manner, and in relation to the identity and address of the target device, the identity and address of the data source device, the transmission buffer and information for the identification of the starting point and end point of the transmission frame.

该传输帧的起点开始于7字节的训练序列(preamble)602,其代表56比特的序列,该序列具有交替的0值及1值用以同步。 Starting the transmission frame begins at byte 7 of training sequences (preamble) 602, which represents a 56-bit sequence, the sequence having alternating values ​​of 0 and 1 values ​​for synchronization. 该值用以产生该网络时间的成份,以在该传输帧到达前测试一信号的存在,及准备读取该信号。 This value is used to generate the components of the network time, in order to test for the presence of a signal arrives before the transmission frame, and the read ready signal. 在该训练序列602后面为1字节区段,其叫做起始帧分隔符(delimiter)604,其为8比特“10101011”的序列,其表示该传输帧起始。 In the rear of the training sequence section 602 is 1 byte, which is called the start frame delimiter (delimiter) 604, which is 8 bits "10101011" in sequence, indicating the start transmission frame. 该起始帧分隔符604后面为一目标媒体存取控制(MAC)地址606及一来源媒体存取控制地址608。 The start frame delimiter 604 is a target behind the media access control (MAC) address 606 and a source MAC address 608. 该MAC地址栏位606辨识接收传输帧的工作站。 The MAC address field 606 identifying the received transmission frame workstation. 该来源MAC地址608辨识该传输帧来源的工作站。 The source MAC address of station 608 identifying the source of the transmission frame. 该IEEE802.3标准使该类地址栏位的长度为2字节或6字节,但目前多数以太网实施使用6字节地址。 The IEEE802.3 standard such that the length of the address field of 6 bytes or 2 bytes, but most embodiments using Ethernet 6 byte addresses. 一目标地址可指定一“单一地址”,以供一单一工作站使用,或指定一“多播地址”,以供一组工作站使用。 A target address may designate a "single address", for a single workstation, or to specify a "multicast address", for a set of workstations. 所有1比特的目标地址皆与该局域网的所有工作站有关,其称为一“广播地址”。 All are 1-bit target address to all workstations relating to the local area network, referred to as a "broadcast address." 一种类/长度栏位610用以表示该MAC客户机协议的特性,或表示MAC客户机数据子序列栏位612的资科长度。 One kind of type / length field 610 to indicate the characteristics of the client MAC protocol, MAC client, or represents a sequence of data length field 612 of ITX. 若该栏位610的值小于或等于1500时,该种类/长度栏位610则表示该MAC客户机数据栏位612。 If the value in this field 610 is equal to or less than 1500, the type / length field 610 indicates the MAC client data field 612. 若该栏位610的值大于或等于1536,该种类/长度栏位610则表示该MAC客户机协议(协议种类)。 If the value of this field 610 is equal to or greater than 1536, the type / length field 610 indicates the MAC client protocol (protocol type). 该MAC客户机数据栏位612包含从该来源工作站传送至该目标工作站或工作站群的数据。 The MAC client data field 612 comprises transmitting data from the source station to the destination station or station group. 该栏位的最大尺寸为1500字节。 The maximum size of the field is 1500 bytes. 若该栏位的尺寸小于46字节,则需使用接下来的“填补(Pad)”栏位614,以使传输帧增大为最大长度。 If the size of the field is less than 46 bytes, you need to use the next "padding (Pad)" field 614, so that the transmission frame length is increased to the maximum. 一以太网传输帧的最小尺寸为64字节,其由该目标MAC地址栏位606测量至一传输帧核对序列栏位616。 A minimum size Ethernet transmission frame is 64 bytes, which is measured by the target MAC address field 606-1 transmission frame check sequence field 616. 该传输帧核对序列栏位616包含4字节循环冗余核对(cyclical redundancy check,CRC)值,以供进行错误核对。 The transmission frame check sequence field 616 contains 4 bytes of cyclic redundancy checking (cyclical redundancy check, CRC) value for error checking. 当一来源工作站架构一MAC传输帧时,其在该传输帧中从目标MAC地址606至填补栏位614(即,除了训练序列602、起始帧分隔符604及传输帧核对序列616之外的所有栏位)的所有比特中执行CRC计算。 When a source station MAC architecture a transmission frame, from which the target MAC address field 606 to fill than 614 (i.e., in addition to the training sequence 602, a start frame delimiter 604, and a frame check sequence 616 is transmitted in the transmission frame CRC calculation is performed in all fields) of all bits. 该来源工作站储存该栏位的值及将其传送作为该传输帧的一部份。 The source station stored value of this field and it is transmitted as part of the transmission frame. 当该传输帧由该目标工作站接收时,其执行一辨识核对。 When the transmission frame received by the target station, which performs an identification check. 若该计算值未符合该栏位的值,则该目标工作站假设在传送期间发生一错误,并丢弃该传输帧。 If the calculated value of the field is not met, the target station is assumed that an error occurred during transmission, and discards the transmission frame.

当本发明将依IEEE802.3标准建立的现有技术的格式及协议使用于以太局域网系统内的通信时,其将建立一新的编码结构,以进行一以太局域网的网络电话的运作。 When the prior art of the present invention will be established by the IEEE802.3 standard formats and protocols used Ethernet LAN communication system, which will create a new coding structure, to operate a telephone network Ethernet LANs. 维持与IEEE802.3协议的相容性,以确保该网络电话能相容且不中断如图6至11及15至17所示的连接以太局域网系统的任何现存装置。 Maintaining compatibility with the IEEE802.3 protocol, to ensure that the telephone network is compatible and does not interrupt any existing means in FIG. 6 to 11 and the Ethernet LAN connector system shown in 15-17.

上述网络电话系统使用二基本数据传输帧设定,以做为网络电话系统构件之间的通信基础。 Said network telephone transmission system uses two basic data frame set to serve as the basis of communication between the telephone network system member. 第1类(及第1A类)传输帧基本上用于传送声音或字符数据。 Class 1 (second Class 1A) for transmitting a transmission frame substantially sound or character data. 第2类传输帧基本上用于传送指令。 Category 2 instruction for transmitting the transmission frame substantially. 各传输帧设定的区分特性设定于图22A的栏位620。 Distinguishing characteristics of the transmission frame is set to the setting field 620 of FIG. 22A.

请参照图22B所示,其揭示本发明一实施例用于第1类指令的图22A的数据传输帧的区段620a的方块示意图。 Referring to FIG 22B, the section 620a of revealing block diagram of a first command type data transmission frame 22A is a schematic view of a embodiment of the present invention. 该第1类传输帧基本上用于传送声音或字符数据(MAC客户机数据612),该字符数据等于或大于46字节。 The first transmission type for transmitting voice frames substantially or character data (MAC client data 612), the character data is equal or greater than 46 bytes. 栏位622包含该指令/状态报头,详见表2所示。 Field 622 contains the instruction / Status Header, shown in Table 2. 栏位624包含负载数据,其等于或大于44字节,并用于第1类传输帧。 Field 624 contains the payload data, which is equal to or greater than 44 bytes for Type 1 and transmission frame. 该图22A的栏位612及614所包含的数据亦包含于图22B的栏位626中。 FIG. 22A data of the fields 612 and 614 contain also included in field 626 in FIG. 22B. 该栏位626包含的信息(编码)专用于本发明的网络电话实施例。 Information (code) field 626 included in the private telephone network in the embodiment of the present invention.

表2包含第1类指令数据帧中的指令状态报头栏位622的格式及比特编码信息。 Table 2 contains the first command type-instruction status data frame header field 622 and the bit coding format information. 该指令/状态报头包含一信息的二字节,其揭示于第一及第二栏所标示的字节1及2。 The command / status of a two-byte header contains information that disclosed in the first and second column marked bytes 1 and 2. 字节1的编码在第二至第六行的栏位中给出。 Coding byte is given in column 1 of the second to sixth row. 字节2的编码(指令/状态编码)在表4中揭示。 2 byte code (command / status codes) are disclosed in Table 4.

表2 Table 2

请参照图22C所示,其揭示本发明一实施例用于第1类指令的图22A的数据传输帧的一区段620b的方块示意图。 Referring to FIG. 22C, which discloses a block-based embodiment of Figure 1 the data transmission instruction frame 22A is a schematic view of a section 620b of an embodiment of the present invention. 第1A类传输帧基本上用于传送声音或字符数据(MAC客户机数据612),该字符数据小于46字节。 Category 1A substantially transmission frame for transmitting voice or character data (MAC client data 612), the character data is less than 46 bytes. 一栏位622包含该指令/状态报头,如同第1类传输帧所示。 A field 622 containing the command / status header, as shown in class 1 transfer frame. 另一栏位632新增至该传输帧,以便使该重要控制及负载数据能区别于栏位636中的填补,详见表3所示。 Another field 632 added to the transmission frame, so that important data can be distinguished from load control and padding field 636, as shown in Table 3. 一栏位634包含该负载信息,其小于43字节。 A field 634 containing the load information, which is less than 43 bytes. 该填补栏位636包含非相关信息的填补字节,以使一栏位638的全长达到46字节。 The padding field 636 contains padding bytes of non-related information, so that the entire length of a column 638 of 46 bytes.

表3 table 3

表3包含图22C的第1A类指令数据传输帧中的指令/状态报头栏位622及该字节数栏位632的格式及比特编码信息。 Table 3 Category 1A comprises a data transfer instruction in the frame of FIG. 22C Command / Status Header field 622 and the number of bytes field 632 and the bit coding format information. 该指令/状态报头包含一信息的二个字节,其揭示于该第一及第二栏所标示的字节1及2。 The command / status byte header contains an information of two, which are disclosed in the first and second column marked bytes 1 and 2. 该字节1的编码在第二至第六行的栏位中给出。 Encoding the 1-byte field is given in the second to sixth row. 字节2的编码在表4中揭示。 Byte code 2 are disclosed in Table 4. 表3包含另一栏“字节数(Byte Count)”,其代表该栏位632所包含的信息,而一单一位元的信息值0至43则代表该栏位634的值。 Table 3 contains a further column "number of bytes (Byte Count)", which represents the information contained in field 632, and the information value of a single bit value of 0-43 representing the field 634. 由于没有该字节数时一装置将无法区别相关数据及填补位元之间的接界,因此该字节数是必需的。 Since the number of bytes in the absence of a junction device can not distinguish between data and padding bits, so the number of bytes is required. 由于不需填补,因此一第1类传输帧并不需该字节数:该MAC客户机栏位的所有数据系具相关性。 As no filling, and therefore a Class 1 frame is not required to transfer the bytes: all data fields of the MAC client system having correlation.

请参照图22D所示,其揭示本发明一实施例用于第2类指令的图22A的数据传输帧的一区段620c的方块示意图。 Referring to FIG. 22D, which discloses an embodiment of a section-type instruction of FIG. 22A is a data transmission frame 620c block diagram of an embodiment of the present invention. 第2类指令基本上用以传送信号或控制及指令的数据。 Type instruction or a data transfer signal to substantially control and command. 图22D的栏位645的结构相同于上述图22C的栏位638的结构,但增加一群组/种类栏位641。 Structure field 645 of FIG. 22D is the same as the structure of the column 638 of FIG. 22C, but increases a group / type field 641. 该指令/状态报头栏位622同样如表2及表3所示。 The Command / Status Header field 622 Also as shown in Table 2 and Table 3. 当一计数数据栏位643大于或等于40字节时,该比特数在表2中等于0,且当该控制数据栏位小于40字节时,该比特数等于1。 When a count data field 643 is greater than or equal to 40 bytes, the number of bits equal to 0 in Table 2, and when the control data field is less than 40 bytes, the number of bits is equal to 1. 该字节数栏位632可达成如同上述第1A类指令传输帧的相同目的。 The byte count field 632 can be achieved as the first object of the same class of instructions 1A transmission frame. 当该计数数据栏位643大于或等于40字节时,该字节数栏位632包含一值00。 When the count data field 643 is greater than or equal to 40 bytes, the byte count field 632 contains a value of 00. 一填补栏位644可达成如同上述第1A类指令传输帧的相同目的,且当该控制数据栏位的长度小于40字节时,该填补栏位644可包含非相关的填补信息。 A padding field 644 can achieve the same purposes as in the first type of instruction transmission frame 1A, and when the data length of the control field is less than 40 bytes, the padding field 644 may comprise information unrelated padding.

表4揭示如表2及表3的第2栏所示的字节2的十六进制格式的指令状态的编码。 As disclosed in Table 4 and Table 2 Table instruction status byte hexadecimal format shown in column 2 3 2 encoding. 该表格的项目遵照该编码:说明,其中该“编码”指该二字节十六进制数字的第二字节,其列于上述第22B、22C及22D的栏位622。 The program in accordance with the coding table: Description, where the "Encoding" refers to the second byte of the two byte hexadecimal digits, which are listed in the first 22B, 22C and 22D of the column 622. 该项目将于下文进一步详细说明。 The project will be described in further detail below.

表4 Table 4

第1及1A类指令00:声音数据经由网络电话装置送出/接收的声音数据。 1A and Class first command 00: sound data sending voice data / receiving apparatus via the telephone network. 该网络电话装置数据栏位包含数字声音数据(声音)。 The Internet telephone apparatus comprises a data field digital audio data (sound).

01:字符数据经由网络电话装置送出/接收的字符(ASCII)数据。 01: character data sent / received character (ASCII) data network via a telephone device. 该网络电话装置数据栏位包含ASCII数据。 The VoIP device data field contains ASCII data.

02:DTMF数据经由网络电话装置送出/接收的数据。 02: DTMF data sent / received via the data network telephone device. 该网络电话装置数据栏位包含DTMF数据或键入填补数据。 The VoIP device data field contains data or type to fill the DTMF data. 参照表1所示的DTMF及键入填补值。 Referring to Table DTMF type and padding values ​​shown.

03:影像数据经由网络电话装置送出/接收的数据。 03: image data sent / received via the data network telephone device. 该网络电话装置数据栏位包含影像数据。 The Internet telephone apparatus comprises a data field video data. 被一USB网络电话影像输入装置,例如数字相机或数字录像机使用。 USB telephone network is a video input device, such as a digital camera or a digital VCR.

04:十六进制数据经由网络电话装置送出/接收的十六进制数据。 04: hexadecimal data hexadecimal data sent / received via the network telephone device. 该网络电话装置数据栏位包含十六进制数据。 The VoIP device data field contains hexadecimal data.

05-0F:保留第2指令10:铃声指令经由网络电话来源装置送出的响铃。 05-0F: 10 to retain the second command: the commands sent via the network ringing telephone ringing source device. 该控制数据栏位包含电话号码及名称。 The control data field contains the phone number and name.

11.响铃传送指令经由网络电话来源装置送出的指令,以通知该通话装置,因此可传送现有响铃至第三方。 11. A ring transmission instruction via the instruction source device sent the telephone network, to notify the communication device, and therefore can be transferred to a third party prior ring. 该控制数据栏位包含第三方的MAC地址、电话号码及名称。 MAC address of the control data field contains a third party, telephone number and name.

12:通话铃声回传一旦该目标电话的使用者离线(挂机),则马上传送至网络电话的目标电话,以指示回覆该网络电话来源装置。 12: Once the return call ringtone target telephone user off-line (on-hook), the telephone network is immediately transmitted to the target telephone, the telephone network to indicate that the reply to the source device.

13:响铃音调状态经由网络电话的通话端电话回送的响铃音调状态。 13: ring tone state of the terminals via the telephone network phone ring tone loopback state. 该控制数据栏位包含响铃音调状态的电话号码及名称。 Telephone number and the name of the control data field contains the ringing tone state.

14:忙线的响铃经由网络电话的通话端电话回送的忙线状态响铃。 14: Bell busy line telephone network via a telephone call end loopback ringing busy line state. 该控制数据栏位包含忙线状态响铃的电话号码及名称。 The control data field contains the name and phone number rings busy state.

15:电话接通状态经由接通状态的网络电话的通话端电话送出的接通状态。 15: Phone Status Status ON ON ON state is sent via the telephone network telephone call ends. 该控制数据栏位包含电话接通状态的电话号码及名称。 The control data field contains a telephone number and a telephone on-state name.

16:电话忙线忙线状态经由网络电话的通话端电话送出。 16: telephone line is busy sending of busy line call via the telephone network telephone terminal. 该控制数据栏位包含忙线状态的电话号码及名称。 The control data field contains the busy state of the telephone number and name.

17:通话连接该通话经由该通话装置进行连接(形成接通),其将产生通话连接的开始信号。 17: a call connection to the call connection (formed on) via the communication device, which generates a call connection start signal.

18:通话传送目前通话系传送至一第三线。 18: call transfer system is currently transmitting a call to a third line. 该控制数据栏位包含第三线的MAC地址、电话号码及名称。 MAC address of the data field comprises a third control line, the phone number and name.

19:保留1A:通话断线目前通话形成断线(由接通转为离线)1B:通知请求请求该通话装置的通知。 19: Reserved 1A: the current call disconnection call disconnection is formed (turned into a offline). IB: notification request requesting notification of the communication device. 用以开启一连结或路径至通话装置。 For opening a link or path to a communication device.

1C:通知确认告知该通话装置已建立一连结或连接。 1C: notification acknowledgment informing that the communication device has established a link or connection.

1D:指令结束告知该通话装置目前指令已结束。 1D: the instruction to end the call informing means the current instruction has ended.

1E:指令确认告知该通话装置目前指令已确认。 1E: informing the call instruction confirmation means has confirmed that the current instruction.

1F:保留 1F: Reserved

20:电话号码测试(广播)当最初接通至该局域网时,经由网络电话的来源电话将数据栏位的电话号码送至所有网络电话装置。 20: Test telephone number (broadcast) when initially turned on to the LAN, the source of the telephone network via the telephony data to the telephone number field all network telephone device. 该网络电话的来源电话等待某“逾时”时期,以确认该网络未存在相同号码,并再次送出该广播讯息,以完全确认可使用该号码。 The source VoIP telephone waiting for a "timeout" period, to confirm that the network does not exist the same number and sends the broadcast message again to completely confirm the number you use. 若接收到一“号码已存在的回应”,接着等待由同一回应的网络电话发出的“目录传送”指令。 When receiving a "number of already existing response", and then waits for "Directory transfer" command issued by the same response to the telephone network.

21:电话号码广播经由该网络电话的来源电话送出号码至该网络上的其余网络电话装置,因此可将该号码储存于查询表(look-up tabes,LUTs)以供号码拨号。 21: broadcasting the number sent to the telephone number of the remaining network telephone device on the telephone network via the telephone network sources, and therefore the number may be stored in a lookup table (look-up tabes, LUTs) for number dialing.

22:电话名称广播经由该网络电话送出,因此其他网络装置可更新查询表,以供名称拨号。 22: name of the radio telephone via the telephone network sends, so other network device may update the look-up table for name dialing.

23:保留24:保留25:电话号码已存在经由该网络电话的来源电话送出,以显示电话号码符合该网络电话的目标电话的号码。 23: Reserved 24: Reserved 25: telephone number of the existing telephone network via the source of the phone sent, in line with the target to show the telephone number of the telephone number of the telephone network.

26:电话目录请求该指令经由该网络电话装置或使用者送至另一网络电话装置,因此该使用者可更新该装置的电话目录。 26: the telephone directory request command sent to another network telephone device via the network or a user telephone apparatus, so that the user can update the telephone directory of the apparatus. 手动地将电话设定为一新号码的使用者使用上述指令,以更新该电话的电话目录。 Manually set the telephone user to use a new number of the command to update the telephone to telephone directory. 网络电话中继线路卡/数字总机或相似装置亦可使用该指令,以更新电话目录。 Telephone network trunk card / digital switchboard or similar devices may use the instructions to update the telephone directory.

27:广播电话目录请求当初次测试电话号码但未接收其他装置的任何目录传送指令时,该指令则经由该网络电话中继线路卡/数字总机送出,或该网络电话送出,以更新目录。 27: a broadcast request initially test the telephone directory telephone number directory but does not receive any transfer instruction when another device, the command is relayed via the telephone network line card / digital switchboard out, or the telephone network sends to update the directory. 该控制数据字节确定以毫秒计的t或时数(各时数=10ms;0-1=10ms;2=20ms;3=30ms;…n=(n*30)ms。对100Mb/s的以太网系统而言,该时数=2为最小值。对10Mb/s的乙大网络系统而言,该时数=20为最小值),以供代表该“电话目录广播”指令的回应时间(参照下一指令)。 The control or data byte determines the number of t (time = 10ms each number in milliseconds; 0-1 = 10ms; 2 = 20ms; 3 = 30ms;. ... n = (n * 30) ms to 100Mb / s of for Ethernet system, the number of the minimum value = 2. for 10Mb / s b large network systems, which is the minimum when the number = 20), representative of response time for the "telephone directory broadcast" instruction (refer to the next instruction).

28:电话目录广播控制数据栏位为如下:群组/种类、MAC地址、电话号码、名称(若有时)、群组/种类、MAC地址、电话号码、n个装置的名称(若有时)。 28: the telephone directory data broadcast control field is as follows: group / type, MAC address, phone number, name (if available), the group / type, MAC address, phone number, name of the n devices (if available). 该指令藉由该网络电话的来源装置送出,以回应“电话目录询问广播”指令(指令27)。 The instruction source device to the network by phone sent, in response to the "telephone directory inquiry broadcast" command (command 27). 该指令仅能由一单一装置执行一次,以避免该网络发生拥塞(由于所有电话目录皆相同)。 This instruction can only be executed once by a single device, in order to avoid congestion in the network (telephone directory since all are the same). 换言之,当由该网络接收该指令后,仅一装置执行该指令,而其他装置则不会重复该指令。 In other words, after receiving the instruction by the network, only one of the instruction execution means, while the other devices will not repeat the command. 使用方程式:(n-1)*t,其中n代表电话号码的顺序号(由最低至最高,或1至N,其中N=电话机数量):t代表以毫秒计的时间(例如30ms),该方程式确定何装置应执行该指令:及[(n-1)*t]为在一装置可发出该指令之前的逾时时期。 Using the equation: (n-1) * t, where n represents the sequence number of the telephone number (from the lowest to the highest, or 1 to N, where N = the number of the telephone): t represents time in milliseconds (e.g. 30ms), this equation means determining what this instruction should be executed: and [(n-1) * t] is the device over a prior period may issue the instruction. 由于逾期时期为0ms,因此一装置具有电话号码次序等于1(n=1,号码1)时,其将立即发出该指令。 Due to late period is 0ms, thus a device having a telephone number is equal to the order of 1 (n = 1, number 1), which will send the command immediately. 基于某些原因,若该1号装置未出现,则在可发出该指令前,具n=2及t=30ms的装置将有30ms的逾期。 Before some reason, if the device 1 does not appear, then the instruction may be issued, with n = 2 and t = 30ms apparatus will have a 30ms overdue. 较长逾期时间以电脑处理为高阶号码。 Long overdue to deal with high-order computer number.

29:电话目录传送该指令被送出,以回应该“电话目录请求”指令26。 29: The telephone directory transfer command is sent to be back "telephone directory request" command 26. 该控制数据栏位为如下:群组/种类、MAC地址、电话号码、名称(若有时)、群组/种类、MAC地址、电话号码、n个装置的名称(若有时)。 The control data field is as follows: group / type, MAC address, phone number, name (if available), the group / type, MAC address, phone number, name (if available) n number of devices.

2A:电话目录接收该状态使其他装置得知已接收电话目录。 2A: receiving a telephone directory of the state where the another device that has received the telephone directory.

2B:保留2C:保留2D:电话机目录请求广播该广播指令请求目前网络上的所有网络装置(局域网电话机)。 2B: Reserved 2C: Reserved 2D: telephone directory request command requesting the broadcast currently broadcasts all network devices (LAN telephone) on the network. 由于某些装置可能不再作用(已移除),因此该指令非必要,且仅用以调解所有电话装置的存在及查询表。 Since some devices may no longer effect (removed), so the instruction not necessary, and only to mediate the presence and lookup tables all telephone devices. 该控制数据字节可确定以毫秒计的t或时间(t>0:预备最小值为30ms),以回应该电话目录广播指令(参见指令27及下文的指令2E)。 The control or data byte may determine time t (t> 0: minimum value of 30ms preparation) in milliseconds, to the telephone directory responds to the broadcast command (see instruction 27 and instruction below 2E).

2E:装置记录广播该指令用以回应上述的电话机目录请求广播。 2E: means for recording a broadcast instruction to the telephone directory response to the above request broadcast. 在发出该指令前,各电话机系等待该[(n-1)*t]逾时时期,以终结该指令。 Before issuing the instruction, each of the telephone line to wait for the [(n-1) * t] over the time period to the end of the instruction. 该方程式使各装置能依序执行该指令,并使每一装置有机会执行该指令。 This equation means can sequentially execute each of the instructions, and each means has the opportunity to execute the instruction. 该控制数据栏位为如下:群组/种类、MAC地址、电话号码、名称(若有时1。 The control data field is as follows: group / type, MAC address, phone number, name (if available 1.

2F:装置的群组/种类的请求。 2F: request group / type apparatus.

该指令用以请求该网络电话的装置的群组/种类。 It means a group of instructions for requesting the network to the phone / species.

30:装置的群组/种类的状态该状态用以回应该装置的群组/种类的请求指令。 30: group / state of the device type of the group to return to the state of the apparatus should / species request command.

31:装置的群组/种类的设定该设定送至网络目标电话,以设定群组/种类。 31: group / type of the setting means is set to the target telephone network, to set groups / types. 使用管理装置设定该网络目标电话的群组/种类。 Using the network management apparatus sets the target phone group / category.

32:装置的群组/种类该广播指令用于非以太网电话装置,例如信箱、PSTN线路卡或相似装置,因此所有网络电话装置皆可使用MAC地址,以建立查询表。 32: Group / category means the non-Ethernet broadcast instructions for telephone apparatus, for example, mail, PSTN line card or similar device, and therefore the use of either all network telephone device MAC address, to establish a lookup table.

下列为网络电话中继线路卡的一实施例,其将该“装置种类”指令广播于一局域网电话系统,在该系统中使用者首先必需拨入数字9(存取码) ,以获得外部通话的存取权(在拨入数字9后,接着拨入如下述的电话号码):0132 000012 01 090132<---------装置种类指令(指令报头)000012<---------中继线路卡(群组种类)01<---------1字节(字节数)09<---------数字9(中继线路卡的存取码)33:保留34:保留35:数据讯息储存请求请求该网络电话目标装置进行数据讯息储存。 The following is a telephone network line card embodiment of a relay, which is the "device type" command broadcast in a local area network telephone system, in which system the user must first dial the number 9 (access code), to obtain external call access (9 after dialing number, then dial telephone numbers as described below): 0132 000012 01 090132 & lt; --------- device type command (command header) 000012 & lt; ------ --- trunk line cards (group type) 01 & lt; --------- 1 byte (byte) 09 & lt; --------- numeral 9 (trunk access card code) 33: reserved 34: reserved 35: data request message requesting the network storage telephone message data storage target device. 若该控制数据栏位非空置,则表示用于第三线网络电话装置。 If the control data field of non-empty, then for a third line network telephone device. 该控制数据栏位包含MAC地址、第三线数据讯息储存请求的电话号码(若有时)。 The control data field contains the MAC address, the third line data request message stored telephone number (if available).

36:声音讯息储存请求请求该网络电话目标装置进行声音讯息储存。 36: a voice message store request requesting the telephone network voice message storage target device. 若该控制数据栏位非空置,则表示用于第三线网络电话装置。 If the control data field of non-empty, then for a third line network telephone device. 该控制数据栏位包含MAC地址、第三线声音讯息储存请求的电话号码(若有时)。 The control data field contains the MAC address, the third line store a voice message requesting the telephone number (if available).

37:数据讯息储存确认该指令送至该网络电话目标装置,以确认“声音讯息储存”。 37: The data confirm that the message storage instruction to the target device of the telephone network, to identify "stored voice message."

38:保留39:读取数据讯息该网络电话的来源电话请求由网络电话语音邮件装置/电话发出的数据讯息。 38: Reserved 39: read data message to the source telephone network telephony data request message sent by the telephone network voice mail apparatus / telephone.

3A:读取声音讯息该网络电话的来源电话请求由网络电话语音邮件装置/电话发出的声音讯息。 3A: reading the telephone network voice message requesting source telephone a voice message sent by telephone network voice mail apparatus / telephone.

3B:读取下一数据讯息该网络电话的来源电话请求由网络电话语音邮件装置/电话发出的下一数据讯息。 3B: reading the next data message to the source telephone network telephone requests the next data message sent by the telephone network voice mail apparatus / telephone.

3C:读取下一声音讯息该网络电话的来源电话请求由网络电话语音邮件装置/电话发出的下一声音讯息。 3C: read the next voice message to the telephone network to request the next source telephone a voice message sent by telephone network voice mail apparatus / telephone.

3D:读取前一数据讯息该网络电话的来源电话请求由网络电话语音邮件装置/电话发出的前一数据讯息。 3D: reads the previous data message to the source telephone network telephony data a previous request message sent from the telephone network voice mail apparatus / telephone.

3E:读取前一声音讯息该网络电话的来源电话请求由网络电话语音邮件装置/电话发出的前一声音讯息。 3E: a voice message before reading the source telephone requesting the telephone network before a voice message sent by a telephone network voice mail apparatus / telephone.

3F:读取第N个数据讯息该网络电话的来源电话请求由网络电话语音邮件装置/电话发出的第N个数据讯息(N=1至n)。 3F: N-th read data message to the Internet phone of the N-th source data telephone request message sent by the telephone network voice mail apparatus / telephone (N = 1 to n).

40:读取第N个声音讯息该网络电话的来源电话请求由网络电话语音邮件装置/电话发出的第N个声音讯息(N=1至n)41:保留 40: N-th read voice message to the telephone network source telephone requesting the N-th voice message sent by telephone network voice mail apparatus / telephone (N = 1 to n) 41: Reserved

42:保留43:数据讯息取得该网络电话的来源装置(即语音邮件装置)告知该网络电话的目标电话其信箱已取得一数据讯息。 42: Reserved 43: Data source device to the message acquiring Internet telephony (ie voice mail system) informing the target phone network phone that has been made in a mail message data.

43:声音讯息取得该网络电话的来源装置(亦即语音邮件装置)告知该网络电话的目标电话其信箱已取得一声音讯息。 43: sound source device of the message acquiring telephone network (that is, voice mail device) informing the target phone network phone that has made a voice mail message.

45:删除目前数据讯息该网络电话的来源装置请求该网络电话的目标装置(语音邮件装置/电话)删除信箱内的目前数据讯息。 45: Delete the current data message to the telephone network source device requests the target device to the telephone network (voice mail device / phone) to delete the current message data in the mail.

46:删除目前声音讯息该网络电话的来源装置请求该网络电话的目标装置(语音邮件装置/电话)删除信箱内的目前声音讯息。 46: Delete the current sound source device to the Internet phone message requesting target device of the VoIP (voice mail device / phone) to delete the current voice message in the mailbox.

47:删除所有数据讯息该网络电话的来源装置请求该网络电话的目标装置(语音邮件装置/电话)删除信箱内的所有数据讯息。 47: a target device (voice mail device / phone) source device to delete all the data request message to the VoIP telephone network delete all data posts within the mailbox.

48:删除所有声音讯息该网络电话的来源装置请求该网络电话的目标装置(语音邮件装置/电话)删除信箱内的所有声音讯息。 48: sound source device to delete all messages that Internet phone requests the target device to the telephone network (voice mail device / phone) to delete all messages in the voice mailbox.

49:保留4A:保留4B:数据讯息已删除送出该指令,以告知该网络电话的接收端电话已删除目前数据讯息。 49: Reserved 4A: Reserved 4B: Deleted data message sent the instructions to inform the receiving end VoIP phone is currently deleted data messages.

4C:声音讯息已删除送出该指令,以告知该网络电话的接收端电话已删除目前声音讯息。 4C: a voice message has been deleted sent the instructions to inform the receiving end VoIP telephone voice message has been deleted at present.

4D:数据信箱清空送出该指令,以告知该网络电话的接收端电话其数据信箱已清空。 4D: The data mailbox sends the Clear command, to inform the receiving end the telephone network telephone mailbox data which has been emptied.

4E:声音信箱清空送出该指令,以告知该网络电话的接收端电话其声音信箱已清空。 4E: Empty sends the voice mail instructions to inform the receiving end of the telephone network which calls the voice mailbox is empty.

4F:数据信箱满置送出该指令,以告知该网络电话的接收端电话其数据信箱已满置。 4F: The data mailbox sends the full instruction set, to notify the receiving end the telephone network telephone set its data mailbox is full.

50:声音信箱满置送出该指令,以告知该网络电话的接收端电话其声音信箱已满置。 50: voice mail sends the full instruction set, to notify the receiving end the telephone network telephone set which voice mailbox is full.

51:数据讯息预备告知该网络电话的通话端电话已预备接收该数据讯息。 51: preliminary data message informing the end of the telephone network telephone call has been ready to receive the data message.

52:保留53:密码请求该指令送至该网络电话的目标电话,以请求密码。 52: Reserved 53: The password request command to the target telephone of the telephone network, to request a password.

54:密码键入该指令连同密码送至该网络电话的目标电话。 54: Type the password command together with the password sent to the telephone network of the target phone.

55:密码正确该指令送至该网络电话的目标电话,以告知该密码正确。 55: The password is correct instructions to one of the telephone network of the target phone to inform the password is correct.

56:密码错误该指令送至该网络电话的目标电话,以告知该密码错误57:保留58:保留59:远距通话代接经由该网络电话的来源电话送至正在拨打的一网络电话的目标电话,因此使用者可代接该通话。 56: The password is incorrect instructions sent to the telephone network target phone to inform the password error 57: Reserved 58: Reserved 59: long-distance calls are dialed pick sent to a telephone network via the VoIP telephone Sources goal phone, so the user can pick the call. 控制数据栏位包含其电话号码。 Control data field contains their phone number.

5A:设定通话转寄该指令送至该网络电话的目标电话,因此该网络电话的目标电话可转寄所有电话至该第三线电话。 5A: forwarding the call setting instruction to the target telephone of the telephone network, so that the telephone network may be the target telephone forward all calls to the third telephone line. 该电话号码是该网络电话数据栏位的一部份。 The telephone number is the telephone network is a part of the data field.

5B:传呼该指令将声音数据(音频)讯息送至该网络电话的目标电话(不先进行拨打)5C:保留5D:保留5E:保留 5B: sound data (audio) paging message will be sent to the instruction of the VoIP target phone (not to be dialed) 5C: Reserved 5D: Reserved 5E: Reserved

5F:时间传送该指令将日期的时间送至该网络电话的目标电话。 5F: the time of the transmission date and time that the instruction is sent to the target telephone network telephone.

60:数据传送该指令将月份、日期及年份送至该网络电话的目标电话。 60: The data transfer instruction month, day and year of the network to the target phone's phone.

61:保留62:通话记录请求该指令送至该网络电话的目标电话,以请求通话记录信息。 61: Reserved 62: instruction requesting the call records of the telephone network to the target telephone, requesting the call record information.

63:通话驻留读取该指令送至该网络电话的目标电话(其通话驻留),以进行通话驻留读取。 63: call park the read instructions to one of the telephone network the destination phone (which call park), a call to read resides. 在接收该指令下,该通话装置将该通话传送至该通话者,及进入闲置(离线)。 In receiving the instruction, the communication device transmits the call to the caller, and enters an idle (off).

64:装置查询使用中继线路卡/总机,以每隔数秒查询各网络电话装置,因此得知是否该装置仍存在/不存在及其相关状态。 64: line cards using a relay device query / switchboard, every few seconds to query each network telephone device, so that if the device is still present / absence of its associated state. 该指令是非必要的。 The instructions are not necessary.

65:桥接功能设定该指令送至该网络电话的目标电话,以进行桥接功能设定。 65: bridging function sets the command to the target telephone of the telephone network, to perform the bridging function setting. 该桥接功能的持续时间取决于该控制数据栏位的二字节的数目。 The duration of the bridging function depends on the number of two-byte data of the control field. 该字节数每分钟逐次减少,且当达到0值时,该功能将终结。 The number of bytes per minute gradually decreases, and when the value reaches 0, the function termination. 设有该功能的装置可使其他通话者进行通话,以进行会议等。 The device is provided with the function of other callers can call, for meetings. 通话中的通话者将被请求更正密码,并接着仅可连接至该装置。 Call call will be requested correction code, and then only be connected to the device. 当该桥接功能终结,该电话将返回正常的群组/种类特性。 When the end of the bridge function, the phone will return to the normal group / category characteristics.

66:装置使用状态请求该指令送至该网络电话的目标电话,以请求使用状态信息。 66: The device uses a status request command to the target telephone of the telephone network, to request use state information. 其用以达成管理及记帐目的。 For achieving its management and accounting purposes.

67:装置使用状态报告该指令将使用状态信息送至该网络电话的目标电话,例如通话持续时间、通话时间、目标号码等。 67: The device uses a status report instruction information to the status of use of the telephone target telephone network, for example, call duration, call time, the target number.

68:装置记帐开启指定该记帐至该网络电话的目标装置,以达成开帐及记帐目的。 68: billing unit is turned specify the target device to the billing telephone network, to achieve open account and billing purposes.

69:装置记帐关闭关闭该网络电话的目标装置的记帐。 69: billing means close off the billing of the telephone network of the target device.

6A-DF:保留E0:读取韧体(firmware)版本由该网络电话的目标装置读取韧体版本编号E1:读取硬体版本由该网络电话的目标装置读取硬体版本编号E2:保留E3:保留E4:韧体版本/修正版的编号目前韧体版本/修正版的编号E5:硬体版本/修正版的编号目前硬体版本/修正版的编号E6:保留E7:保留E8:保留E9:传送数据环回功能该指令用以将环回功能(Loop back)数据送至一网络电话的目标装置。 6A-DF: Reserved E0: reading the firmware (Firmware) version firmware version number read by the target of the E1 telephony network device: read the hardware version hardware reads the version number of the network by the target E2 telephone apparatus: reserved E3: reserved E4: firmware version / revision number of the current firmware version / revision number E5: hardware version / revision number of the current hardware version / revision number E6: reserved E7: reserved E8: reserved E9: data transfer means for loopback target loopback function (loop back) data to a telephone network of the instruction. 该以太网控制数据栏位包含该环回功能数据。 The Ethernet control data field contains the loopback data. 其主要用以达成除错目的。 For achieving its main purpose debugging.

EA:回应数据环回功能该指令用以将环回功能(Loop back)数据回应至一网络电话的目标装置。 EA: Response data loopback instructions to the loopback function (Loop back) the data to the target device to respond to a telephone network. 该以太网控制数据栏位包含该环回功能数据。 The Ethernet control data field contains the loopback data. 其主要用以达成除错目的。 For achieving its main purpose debugging.

EB:指令错误状态该指令用以告知该网络电话的目标装置该指令错误状态。 EB: Error state of the target instruction means for informing the telephone network the instruction of the command error state.

EC:指令不存在该指令用以告知该网络电话的目标装置该指令不存在。 EC: target instruction command does not exist for informing the network of the telephone apparatus of this command does not exist.

ED:请求该指令用以送出一请求至一网络电话的目标装置。 ED: instructions for requesting the target device sends a request to a telephone network. 其主要用以达成除错目的。 For achieving its main purpose debugging.

EE:确认该指令用以确认该请求指令。 EE: the confirmation instruction to confirm the request command. 其主要用以达成除错目的。 For achieving its main purpose debugging.

EF:保留F0:韧体更新下载广播将更新韧体程式广播至所有网络电话装置。 EF: Reserved F0: Firmware Update will update the firmware download broadcasting program broadcast to all VoIP devices.

F1:韧体更新下载请求该指令送至该网络电话的目标装置,以请求更新韧体程式。 F1: Firmware Update command to the target device to the download request of the telephone network, to request to update firmware program.

F2:韧体更新下载传送将更新韧体程式送至该网络电话的目标装置。 F2: Firmware Update will update the firmware download delivery program is sent to the telephone network of the target device.

F3:韧体更新下载确认该指令送至该网络电话的目标装置,以便表示已接收韧体程式。 F3: Firmware Update Confirm the download command to the target device of the telephone network, so as to represent the received firmware program.

F4:键位对照图下载请求该指令送至该网络电话的目标装置,以得知更新键位对照图。 F4: FIG control keys of the download request command to the target device of the telephone network in order to update the keys that control FIG.

F5:键位对照图下载将更新键位对照图送至该网络电话的目标装置。 F5: FIG download the keys control means updates the target key position to the control of the telephone network of FIG.

F6-FF:保留表5揭示本发明各实施例的群组/种类信息(图22D的栏位641)。 F6-FF: Reserved Table 5 groups disclosed embodiments of the present invention / category information (fields 641 of FIG. 22D). 该群组/种类信息由信息的三字节所组成,其二进制总共为24位。 The group / category information from the information consisting of three bytes, which is a total of 24 binary. 该三字节区段可二进制的表示为eeee:ddddd:ccccc:bbbb:aaaa:aaaa。 The three-byte binary section may be expressed as eeee: ddddd: ccccc: bbbb: aaaa: aaaa. 该代码区段aaaa:aaaa代表该种类代码,其揭示于表5的第三栏。 The code segment aaaa: aaaa representing the category code, which is disclosed in the third column of Table 5. 该代码区段bbbb代表该优先代码。 The code section representative bbbb to the priority code. 该代码区段CCCC代表该群组代码,其与优先代码共同揭示于表5的第二栏。 The code representing the segment group CCCC codes, priority codes and a second column in Table 5 together disclosed. 该代码区段dddd代表传呼代码,其揭示于表5的第一栏。 The code segment dddd paging codes representative of that disclosed in the first column of Table 5.

表5 table 5

表5的条目详细说明如下:种类:BO:仅允许在公司建筑物内进行网络电话通话,例如会客室区域的电话。 5 of table entries are detailed below: Category: BO: network only allows calls within the company building, for example, telephone area parlor.

LC:仅允许特定区域的电话进行区域通话,例如在1人以上使用电话的实验室,其不允许长途电话。 LC: allowing only certain areas regional telephone call, for example, more than one person at a telephone laboratory, which does not allow long-distance calls.

DC:允许进行长途通话,例如使用者需频繁的进行长途电话的个人电话。 DC: allowing long-distance calls, such as long distance telephone user needs frequent personal phone.

IC:允许进行国际电话,例如在交易部门的人员,其电话有该服务的需求。 IC: allows for international calls, for example in the personnel department of the transaction, there is a demand that their phone service. MC:麦克风种类或电话仅能用于接听。 MC: a microphone or a telephone can only be used to answer type. 不应做为道德及法律因素的工具。 Ethical and legal considerations should not be used as a tool.

SP:喇叭扩音器仅用于区域性传呼,例如自助餐馆、实验室、仓库。 SP: speakerphone only regional paging, such as cafeterias, laboratories, warehouses. 通话者拨打号码,及可开始讲话及连线。 Callers dial the number, and can begin speaking and connection. 若有传呼讯息进入,一忙线声将告知使用者稍后可使用该电话。 If paging message to enter a busy line sound will inform the user of the phone can be used later.

FM:标准传真机。 FM: standard fax machine.

VM:语音邮件装置。 VM: voice mail device. 其可为一个人电脑,其预先已储存及读取一声音及数据讯息。 Which may be a personal computer, which has previously been stored and read data and a voice message. 该读取及传送驱动器藉由使用软体而作用。 The read and transfer driver acts by using software.

TC:中继线路卡/数字总机。 TC: trunk card / digital switchboard. 该硬体装置可安装于一个人电脑或单独设置。 The hardware device may be mounted on a personal computer or separately provided. 其可使该网络电话装置连通至该PSTN公用交换电话网络。 Which enables communication with the telephone device to the network PSTN Public switched telephone network.

VC:VPN线路卡。 VC: VPN line card. 该硬体装置可安装于一个人电脑或单独设置。 The hardware device may be mounted on a personal computer or separately provided. 其可使该网络电话装置连通至该数据网络。 Which enables the telephone network to the data network communication means.

USB:通用序列接口。 USB: Universal Serial Interface.

优先权NP:无优先权。 Priority NP: no priority.

Pn:任何外部拨进通话皆可藉由总机(具分机选项)传送至第一最高优先的电话。 Pn: Any external dial into the call Jieke transferred to the first highest priority by telephone switchboard (with extension options). 只有当电话忙线时才会转至下一电话。 Only when the line was busy will go to the next call. P0为最低优先,及P3为最高优先。 P0 is the lowest priority, and P3 is the highest priority. 只有在中心局(电话公司)指定的电话数量少于电话机数量时才使用该功能。 Only use this function only when the number of telephone central office (telephone company) is less than the specified number of telephone.

群组:DL:直接线路显示一拨进通话为接通至号码相符的电话。 Group: DL: Direct wave line display is turned into a call to a telephone number matching.

G1、G2、G3、G4:群组线路指一拨进通话为接通至该群组最先取得的电话(由于使用一共同电话号码)。 G1, G2, G3, G4: refers to a group telephone line into wave is switched to the group call first acquired (the use of a common telephone number). 只有在使用该群组所有电话时,接着才会产生忙线声。 Only when all the group using the telephone, and then will produce sound busy. 当设定超过1比特时,群组间可形成重叠。 When more than one bit is set, the overlap between groups can be formed. 当一电话具有群组重叠功能时,必需直到其电话线路群组之一全部忙线,该电话才会无法进行拨打。 When a telephone function having overlapping group, one of the telephone line is necessary until all of the group is busy, the call will not be dialed. 具群组功能的电话仍可支持直接线路通话。 With functional group still supports direct line telephone calls. 具直接线路功能的电话则无法支持群组。 With direct phone line function can not support the group. 群组线路电话的实施例如业务、客服、仓储…等仅需一共同电话号码(群组)的场合。 Groups such as the implementation of business phone line, customer service, warehousing and so on ... just a common telephone number (group) occasions.

传呼:Pg1、Pg2、Pg3及Pg4:传呼仅用于扬声器电话。 Pager: Pg1, Pg2, Pg3 and Pg4: Only for paging speaker phone. 当传呼时,开启同一群组传呼比特的每一扬声器电话将传送同一传呼指令。 When paging, paging bits of the same group turn on each speakerphone transmit the same paging instructions.

请参照图23所示,其揭示本发明一实施例设定电话加入该网络的过程的流程示意图700。 Referring to Figure 23, which reveals a process flow embodiment of the present invention the telephone set to join the network diagram 700. 在步骤702中,一新电话连线至该网络,且在步骤704中指定电话号码为2000。 In step 702, a new telephone connection to the network, and the telephone number is designated 2000 in step 704. 在步骤706中,该电话将一“电话号码测试”指令及一最初号码“2000”一起广播至该网络。 In step 706, the telephone will broadcast with a "telephone number test" instruction and a first number "2000" to the network. 在步骤708中,最近连线的该电话等待该网络的一回应。 In step 708, the connection of the recent call waiting a response from the network. 若在步骤708中一网络回应逾时(意指在逾时期间未有回应),接着则在步骤736中广播一“电话号码广播”指令至该网络,随后在步骤738中最近连线的该电话送出一“电话目录请求广播”指令,并等待一回应。 If the timeout response (No response means that during a timeout) a network in step 708, then the broadcast a "telephone number broadcast" instruction to the network in step 736, then in step 738 the latest connection phone sends a "request broadcast telephone directory" command, and wait for a response. 若一网络回应逾时,接着最近连线的该电话则为该网络的唯一电话。 If a network of more than respond, then connect the phone recently was the sole telephone network. 在步骤740中,在网络回应逾时期间接收一回应,及该回应包含在步骤742中电话#1送出的所有现有电话的电话目录。 In step 740, the network response received during more than a response, and the response contains the phone # 1 742 in all existing calls out the telephone directory step. 接着,在步骤744中,最近连线的该电话藉由送出一“电话目录接收”指令,以确认含目录的该讯息,在步骤746中,该过程随着接收由电话#1发出的一“结束”指令而完成。 Next, in step 744, the latest telephone connection by sending a "telephone directory reception" command, to confirm that the message containing directory, at step 746, the process receives as emitted by the phone # 1 is a " end "instruction is completed. 否则,在步骤742中,电话#1再次送出一“目录广播”指令。 Otherwise, in step 742, the telephone # 1 sends a "directory broadcast" command again. 在步骤726中,所有网络电话装置更新它们的LUTs。 In step 726, all network telephone device update their LUTs.

若在逾时期间产生一回应,接着在步骤710中确定最近连线的该电话则非连线至该网络的唯一电话。 Generating a response when the timeout period, then in step 710 determines if the telephone connection recent non-unique connection to the telephone network. 更少一其他电话连线至该网络,而其中之一电话最先连线至该网络。 Other less a telephone connection to the network, and wherein one of the first phone to connect to the network. 由于该“电话号码测试”指令的号码广播,亦即2000,为最先连线至该网络的该电话所采用的号码,因此该电话,称为电话#1,其以一“电话号码已有号码存在”讯息回应该“电话号码测试”指令。 Since the "Phone Number Test" broadcast command number, i.e. 2000, of the first network to connect to the telephone number of the employed, so that the phone, called the phone # 1, which has to a "telephone number numbers exist "message back should" telephone number test "instruction. 在步骤712中,电话#1接着送出一“目录传送指令”,其包含该网络所有现有电话的一号码目录,及在步骤714中,最近连线的该电话以该“目录已接收”指令回应。 In step 712, Phone # 1 then sends a "directory transfer instruction", which comprises a catalog of all the existing telephone number of the network, and in step 714, the telephone connection latest "received directory" command to the response. 在步骤716中,当电话#1送出该“结束”指令时,该新电话则接收该完整目录。 In step 716, when the phone # 1 sends the "end" command, then the new phone receives the full catalog. 否则,电话#1再于步骤712中送出一“目录传送指令”。 Otherwise, Phone # 1 in step 712 and then sends a "transfer instruction directory."

在步骤718中,最近连线的该电话目前采用目录中下一可取得(非指定)的号码,并再将一“电话号码测试”指令及采用的号码广播至该网络,以确定是否与其他电话产生冲突。 In step 718, the most recent connection to the telephone directory currently used in the next can be obtained (unspecified) number, and then a "telephone number test" command and numbers used to broadcast the network to determine whether other phone conflict. 若在步骤720中确定没有冲突号码,接着在步骤722中,最近连线的该电话则将含有采用号码的“电话号码传送”指令广播至该网络。 If the step 720 determines that no conflict number, then at step 722, then the latest connection using the telephone number "telephone directory forwarding" command to the network comprises a broadcast. 接着,在步骤726中,该网络的各电话装置更新查询表(LUT)以得知具新号码的装置。 Next, in step 726, each of the telephone apparatus of the network updated lookup table (LUT) having a means to learn new numbers. 若在步骤720中确定所采用号码为一冲突号码,接着产生一网络错误必需进行调查,且该过程将终止。 If at step 720 it is determined that a conflict number number is employed, then generate a network error required to investigate, and the process terminates.

请参照图24所示,其揭示本发明一实施例设定一声音电话加入该网络的过程的流程示意图750。 Referring to FIG. 24, which discloses a process embodiment set to join the voice telephone network is a schematic flow diagram of an embodiment 750 of the present invention. 该过程相似于上述加入新电话的过程。 The process is similar to the above-described process to add a new phone. 在该过程中,电话#1必需预先安装及运作。 In this process, the necessary telephone # 1 pre-installed and operational. 在步骤752开始,一语音邮件装置位于该网络的线上。 It begins at step 752, a voice mail apparatus located network line. 在步骤754中,该语音邮件装置广播该“装置种类”指令,并在步骤756中广播该“电话目录请求”,并在步骤757及759中等待一回应。 In step 754, the voice mail apparatus broadcasts the "device type" instruction, and in step 756 broadcasts the "telephone directory request" and waits for a response at step 757 and the 759. 在步骤758中,在回应时,电话#1广播号码的电话目录。 In step 758, in response, the telephone number of the # 1 broadcast telephone directory. 在步骤760中,该语音邮件装置确认该电话目录的接收,及在步骤762中,所有网络装置更新LUTs,以包含该语音邮件装置信息。 In step 760, the voice mail apparatus to acknowledge receipt of the telephone directory, and in step 762, all network devices to update the LUTs, to information including the voice mail apparatus.

请参照图25所示,其揭示本发明一实施例设定一中继线路卡/数字总机加入该网络的过程的流程示意图800。 Referring to FIG. 25, which processes disclosed embodiment sets a trunk card / digital switchboard join the network diagram 800 of a process embodiment of the present invention. 电话#1必需预先安装及运作。 Phone # 1 necessary pre-installation and operation. 在步骤802中,该中继线路卡/数字总机位于该网络的线上,并在步骤804中,该总机广播一“装置种类”指令,接着在步骤806中广播一“电话目录请求”指令。 In step 802, the relay line card / switchboard located digital network line, and in step 804, the switchboard broadcast a "device type" instruction, and then broadcast a "telephone directory request" command in step 806. 在步骤808中,电话#1广播电话号码的目录,以回应该“电话目录请求”指令。 In the telephone directory # 1 broadcast Step 808 telephone number to be back "telephone directory request" command. 在步骤810中,该中继线路卡/数字总机确认该电话目录的接收,并在步骤812中,所有网络装置更新LUTs,以包含该中继线路卡/数字总机的信息。 In step 810, the relay line card / digital switchboard to acknowledge receipt of the telephone directory, and in step 812, all network devices to update the LUTs, to include information of the relay line card / digital switchboard. 在步骤814中,该中继线路卡/数字总机周期性的查询该网络,以建立所有电话的通话状态。 In step 814, the relay line card / digital switchboard periodically querying the network to establish a call status of all calls.

请参照图26所示,其揭示本发明一实施例在二网络电话间进行一通话期间所产生过程的流程示意图850。 Referring to Figure 26, which reveals a process example will be generated during a call in a telephone network between two embodiment of the present invention, a schematic diagram 850. 在步骤852中,当电话1送出一“拨打(响铃)指令”至电话2时,则开始该通话。 In step 852, when the telephone 1 sends a "call (ring) command" is to telephone 2, the call is started. 在步骤854中,在回应时,电话2送出一“拨打状态”讯息至电话1。 In step 854, in response to telephone 2 sends a "call state" message to phone 1. 在步骤856中,在该通话回覆后,电话2送出一“通话连线状态”讯息至电话1,接着在步骤858及860中,电话1及2互换声音数据(对话)。 In step 856, after the reply to the call, the phone 2 sends a "Call connection status" message to the phone 1, then at step 858 and 860, the telephone exchange 1 and 2 audio data (dialog). 当该对话持续进行,则重覆该步骤858及860。 When the conversation continued, the steps 858 and 860 repeat. 当在步骤862确认该对话完成,则在步骤864中使电话1送出一“通话断线”指令至电话2。 When the acknowledgment at step 862 the session is completed, then in step 864 a manipulation phone 1 sends "call disconnection" command to the telephone 2. 本发明亦可藉由相似方式送出一“通话断线”指令至电话2,而使电话2终止该对话。 The present invention is also a similar manner by sending a "call disconnection" command to the phone 2, the phone 2 terminates the conversation.

请参照图27所示,其揭示本发明一实施例由一网络电话完成一外部电话通话的过程的流程示意图900。 Referring to FIG. 27, which processes disclosed embodiment performed by a phone call to an external telephone network process 900 a schematic embodiment of the present invention. 在该过程中,该使用者(电话1)由一网络电话产生一外部通话。 In this process, the user (phone 1) generating an external network by a telephone call. 该过程由步骤902开始,此时电话1藉由拨打“9”或某些其他设定字符,而送出一“连结请求”(表4的代码IB),以提供外部线路存取。 The process begins at step 902, when the telephone 1 by dialing "9" or some other character is set, and sends a "link request" (Code Table IB 4) to provide access to external line. 在步骤904中,该中继线路卡藉由送出一“连结请求确认”至电话1,以确认该请求。 In step 904, the relay line card by sending a "link request confirmation" to the telephone 1, to confirm the request. 在步骤906中,电话1接着将一DTMF(Dual ToneMulti-Frequency)讯息传送至该中继线路卡/数字总机,该讯息由该中继线路卡/数字总机使用,以连结至该PSTN的外部电话号码(参照图11的图号208)。 In step 906, the telephone 1 then a DTMF (Dual ToneMulti-Frequency) message transmitted to the relay line card / digital switchboard, the message used by the relay line card / digital switchboard for connecting to an external telephone number of the PSTN (the Referring to FIG. 11, 208). 在步骤908中,该中继线路卡/数字总机将一响铃声送至电话1,该铃声源自该中心局。 In step 908, the relay line card / digital switchboard to a ringing to the telephone 1, the ring tone from the central office. 在步骤910中,当该通话藉由接收“接通”而完成时,该中继线路卡则送出一“通话已连线”状态至电话1。 In step 910, when receiving the call by "on" and completion, the relay line card then sends a "Call Connected" state to telephone 1. 在步骤912及914中,该电话1及外部通话者之间的电话对话经由该中继线路卡进行。 In step 912 and 914, the telephone conversation between the caller telephone 1 and the external line via the relay card. 在步骤916中,当该对话完成时,电话1则在步骤918中送出一“通话断线”讯息至该中继线路卡/数字助理(外部通话者),若该外部通话者终止该通话,亦同样送出该讯息。 In step 916, when the session is completed, a phone in step 918 sends a "call disconnection" message to the relay line card / digital assistants (external caller), if the external caller terminates the call, also Also send the message.

请参照图28A所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的互相通信的网络电话系统2802、2820、2838、2848的系统方块示意图,网络电话系统2802、2820、2838、2848包含多个网络电话装置(亦可为网络电话、电话装置或简易的电话/装置)。 Referring to FIG. 28A, which discloses a system block telephone network system communicate with each other according to an embodiment of the present invention, a schematic 2802,2820,2838,2848, 2802,2820,2838,2848 network telephone system comprising a plurality of network telephone device ( It may also be a telephone network, the telephone device, or a simple phone / device).

该网络电话系统2802揭示各种网络电话装置,例如具传真机及影像配件的网络电话2807、数据网络装置2808、网络电话10、语音邮件个人电脑2809、数字总机210及中继线路卡220,其皆连线至局域网线路2812,及共存于其他网络相关装置,例如个人电脑2803及2804、文件服务器2805、网络打印机2806及路由器/交换器2810及2811。 The VoIP telephone system 2802 disclosed various network devices, such as a facsimile machine having a telephone network and video accessories 2807, a data network device 2808, a telephone network 10, a personal computer 2809 and voice mail, switchboard 210 and digital trunk card 220, which are connect to the local area network line 2812, and co-exist in other network-related devices such as personal computers 2803 and 2804, the file server 2805, the printer 2806 and the network routers / switches 2810 and 2811. 在该网络2802内的装置间的通信经由局域网线路2812(为了简化,网络集线器及交换器并未绘示)进行。 Communication between devices within the network 2802 via a local area network line 2812 (for simplicity, network hubs and switches are not shown). 该局域网线路2812为有线、无线或有线及无线的组合。 The LAN line 2812 is a combination of wired, wireless or wired and wireless. 该系统2802亦显示连接至该外部世界,其连接至该公共交换电话网络(PSTN)2844、虚拟私有网络(VPN)2818及IP网络2819。 The system 2802 also shows the connection to the outside world, which is connected to the public switched telephone network (PSTN) 2844, virtual private network (VPN) 2818 and IP network 2819. 该VPN网络2818可为租用的专线、帧中继(frame relay)/ATM连线、私人IP或POTS服务(普通老式电话服务,Plain Old Telephone Service),例如ISDN(Integrated Digital Services Network)及xDSL(Digital Subscriber Line),如此使用者可在低费用下经由该数据网络装置2808进行长途通话。 The VPN network 2818 can be leased line, frame relay (frame relay) / ATM connection, private IP service or POTS (plain old telephone service, Plain Old Telephone Service), such as ISDN (Integrated Digital Services Network) and xDSL ( Digital Subscriber Line), so the user can toll calls via the data network 2808 apparatus at low cost. 该数据网络装置2808接着连线至该路由器/交换器2811。 The data network connection apparatus 2808 to the next router / switch 2811. 就外部通话而言,该系统2802的使用者亦可使用该中继线路卡装置220,并经由一连线线路2817连接至该PSTN网络2844。 Externally the call, the user of the system 2802 may also be used the trunk card 220, and is connected via a line 2817 to connect to the PSTN network 2844. 该中继线路卡装置220亦可选择地通过该局域网线路2812或通过一分隔线路2815,将电话通话通过IP路由至路由器/交换器2810,以连接至该全球信息网IP网络2819。 The relay apparatus 220 can select line card through the LAN line by a partition line 2812 or 2815, will be routed through the IP phone call to the router / switch 2810, to a global information network connected to the IP network 2819. 该路由器/交换器2810连接至局域网2812,且亦将数据由个人电脑2803及2804连接至该IP网络2819,反之亦然。 The router / switch 2810 is connected to the LAN 2812, Qieyi a personal computer connected to the data 2803 and 2804 to the IP network 2819, and vice versa.

同样的,该网络电话系统2820内设有相似的网络电话装置,例如数据网络装置2822、数字总机2823、具传真机及影像配件的网络电话2824、网络电话2825及2829、语音邮件装置2827及中继线路卡装置2828。 Similarly, the network telephone system 2820 equipped with a similar network telephone device, such as a data network device 2822, the digital switchboard 2823, fax machines and video accessories with VoIP 2824, 2825 and 2829 Internet telephony, voice mail apparatus and trunks 2827 Luca device 2828. 在该网络2820内的装置间的通信经由局域网线路283 1进行,其为有线、无线或有线及无线的组合。 Communication between devices within the network 2820 via a local area network line 2831, which is a combination of a wired, wireless or wired and wireless. 该中继线路卡装置2828可使该网络2820的网络电话装置能与该PSTN 2844进行通话,或经由该路由器/交换器2826路由IP通话。 The relay apparatus 2828 enables network line card of the network telephone device 2820 can make a call to the PSTN 2844, or a call via the router / switch 2826 routes IP. 该路由器/交换器2826连接至该局域网2831,且亦可将数据从个人电脑2830路由至该IP网络2819,反之亦然。 The router / switch 2826 is connected to the LAN 2831, and also the data from the PC 2830 is routed to the IP network 2819, and vice versa. 该数据网络装置2822使该网络2820的网络电话装置能经由该路由器/交换器2821,而通过VPN 2818进行通话。 The network apparatus 2822 so that the data network telephone device enabling the network router / switch 2821 through 2820, a call by the VPN 2818.

该系统2838及2848分别设有模拟线路2843、2855。 The systems 2838 and 2848 are respectively provided with analog lines 2843,2855. 该连线可为拨号调制解调器(图33)、xDSL(图34)、同轴电缆(图35)或ISDN(图36)。 This may be a dial-up modem connection (FIG. 33), xDSL (FIG. 34), a coaxial cable (FIG. 35) or an ISDN (FIG. 36).

电话线路装置和数字总机2841使该PSTN 2844连线至网络电话2839及2840。 Switchboard telephone line and a digital device 2841 so that the telephone network to connect to PSTN 2844 and 2839 2840. DSL电话线路装置和数字总机2853使该PSTN2844连线至网络电话2851及2852。 DSL telephone line and a digital device 2853 The PSTN2844 switchboard telephone network to connect to 2851 and 2852. 该DSL电话线路装置和数字总机2853亦使该DSL数据连线至个人电话2849及2850。 The DSL device and the digital switchboard telephone line 2853 also connect to the data so that the DSL personal telephone 2849 and 2850.

POTS(普通老式电话服务,plain old telephone service)电话2845亦连接至该PSTN 2844,因此可与该网络电话系统2802、2820、2838、2848的网络电话装置进行通信。 POTS (plain old telephone service, plain old telephone service) telephone 2845 is also connected to the PSTN 2844, it can communicate with the network telephone device of the telephone network system 2802,2820,2838,2848.

请参照图28B所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的网络电话系统2860、2870、2880、2890包含多个网络电话装置的系统方块示意图。 Referring to FIG 28B, which discloses a system block system of the telephone network comprising a plurality of network 2860,2870,2880,2890 diagram of a telephone apparatus of the embodiment of the present invention. 该网络电话装置互相通信并可跨接至各种外部线路连接。 The Internet telephone apparatus can communicate with each other across the line connection to various external.

网络电话系统2860经由同轴电缆线路2867而外部地连接至电视电缆网络2868。 A coaxial cable network telephone system 2860 via line 2867 connected to the external cable television network 2868. 系统2860亦包含多个网络电话2863、2864。 System 2860 also includes multiple network phone 2863,2864. 有线电视装置/同轴电缆装置和数字总机2865可将网络电话2863及2864间的外部声音通信经由一线路2867送至该电视电缆网络2868,亦可加速该个人电脑2861及2862与电视电缆网络2868之间的数据通信。 Cable apparatus / device and the coaxial cable 2865 may be digital switchboard telephone network 2863 and the external voice communication 2864 through a line 2867 to the cable network 2868 to the television, the personal computer 2861 can also accelerate and cable television networks 2868 and 2862 data communication between the. 经由局域网线路2866进行各种网络电话及个人电脑之间的内部通信,该线路为有线、无线或有线及无线的组合。 Internal communication between various PC via a telephone network and a local area network line 2866, the line is a combination of wired, wireless or wired and wireless.

在网络电话系统2870内,该预定外部连线为经由ISDN线路2877,其包含网络电话2872、2873、2874。 In the 2870 network telephone system, the predetermined external connections 2877 via an ISDN line, a telephone network comprising 2872,2873,2874. ISDN线路装置和数字总机2875可经由线路2877将网络电话2872、2873、2874间的外部声音通信传至该ISDN网络2878,并利用该ISDN网络2878加速个人电脑2871间的数据通信。 ISDN lines and digital telephone exchange apparatus 2875 via line 2877 to the external telephone network voice communication 2872,2873,2874 transmitted between the ISDN network 2878, and 2878 by using the ISDN network acceleration PC 2871 the data communication. 各种网络电话及个人电脑间的内部通信是经由局域网线路2876进行的,其可为有线、无线或有线及无线的组合。 Internal communication between various PC and the telephone network is a local area network via a line 2876, which can be combined into a wired, wireless or wired and wireless.

在网络电话系统2880内,该预定外部连线为经由以太网线路2887,其包含网络电话2883、2884。 In the 2880 network telephone system, the predetermined external wiring line 2887 via Ethernet, telephone network comprising 2883,2884. 以太网线路装置和数字总机2885可经由线路2887将网络电话2883、2884间的外部声音通信传至该以太网基础网络2888,并利用该以太网2888加速个人电脑2881、2882间的数据通信。 Ethernet device and the digital switchboard line 2885 via line 2887 to the telephone network between the external sound is transmitted to the communication 2883,2884 Ethernet based network 2888, and 2888 by using the Ethernet data communications between the acceleration PC 2881,2882. 各种网络电话及个人电脑间的内部通信是经由局域网线路2886进行的,其可为有线、无线或有线及无线的组合。 Internal communication between various PC and the telephone network is a local area network via a line 2886, which can be combined into a wired, wireless or wired and wireless.

网络电话系统2890连接至PBX 2896,并做为PBX 2896的电话子群组,且包含网络电话2891、2892。 Network 2890 is connected to the telephone system PBX 2896, and PBX 2896 as a subgroup of telephone and telephone network comprising 2891,2892. PBX线路装置和数字总机2893可经由线路2895将网络电话2891、2892间的外部声音通信传至该PBX 2896。 PBX switchboard and the digital line units 2893 via line 2895 to 2891,2892 communication between the external sound is transmitted to the VoIP PBX 2896. 各种网络电话及任意的个人电脑间的内部通信是经由局域网线路2894进行的,其可为有线、无线或有线及无线的组合。 Internal communication between various telephone networks and any personal computer via a LAN line is 2894, which can be combined into a wired, wireless or wired and wireless.

该图28A及28B的网络电话系统示意图揭示在各种通信基础建设环境(VPN、TCP/IP、PSTN、xDSL、电缆、ISDN、以太网线路、PBX)下,利用合适接口装置2808、220、2822、2828、2841、2853、2865、2875、2885、2893所进行的运作。 The Internet telephone system 28A and FIG. 28B is a schematic diagram disclosed in various communication infrastructure environment (VPN, TCP / IP, PSTN, xDSL, cable, ISDN, Ethernet line, PBX), by using a suitable interface device 2808,220,2822 , 2828,2841,2853,2865,2875,2885,2893 operations carried out.

请参照图29所示,其揭示了本发明一实施例的一网络电话系统2807,该网络电话系统2807包括传真机与影像配件。 Referring to FIG. 29, which discloses a telephone network system of an embodiment of the present invention is 2807, the system 2807 comprises a telephone network and a facsimile image parts. 显示了网络电话装置2902连接至传真机2904、影像输入装置2906(摄影机)及影像输出装置2908(影像屏幕)。 Shows the network 2902 connected to the fax telephone apparatus 2904, an image input device 2906 (the camera) and the image output device 2908 (image screen). 在本实施例中,线路2912a、2912b、2912c为USB。 In the present embodiment, the line 2912a, 2912b, 2912c to USB. 线路2910为以太网,其可为有线或无线。 Ethernet line 2910, which may be wired or wireless. 该设定使影像电传会议(teleconference)得以进行,并使该声音及影像可使用单一线路进行通信。 This setting makes video teleconferencing (TeleConference) is performed, and the sound and video using a single communications line.

请参照图30所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的网络电话装置的键盘及显示器3002的布局示意图3000(旧版为图4A)。 Referring to FIG. 30, which discloses a keyboard and a display network telephone device according to an embodiment of the present invention, a schematic layout of 3002 3000 (old version of Figure 4A). 该键盘包含按键3006、3008。 The keyboard comprises a key 3006,3008. 该按键3006为可程式功能的按键。 The key button 3006 is a programmable function. 按键3003a至3003f为触控式液晶显示器,其改变或产生更多功能,在按压时,其可显示不同选项屏幕于该显示器3002上。 Buttons 3003a to 3003f to touch a liquid crystal display, which changes or generate more functions, when pressed, which may be different options on the display screen 3002 is displayed. 下列表6揭示表1的另一版本,其新增按键“时间表”、“配置”、“目录”及“黄页”。 The following Table 6 Table 1 reveals another version, the new button, "schedule", "Configuration", "Directory" and "Yellow Pages."

表6 Table 6

如图33至37所示,目录按键3006m可用于读取局部储存的一电话号码,即在该网络内,黄页按键3006n可用于经由一外部因特网连线,而自线上电话目录中读取一电话号码。 Shown in FIGS. 33 to 37, the directory can be used to read a key 3006m locally stored telephone number, i.e., within the network, may be used yellow button 3006n via an external Internet connection, and the telephone directory read from a line telephone number. 使用者可使用按键3006、3008或一选配键盘,利用名称、商业种类及/或地址进行寻找,并经由该显示器3002显示结果信息。 3006,3008 user may use buttons or a keyboard option, using the name, the type of business and / or address to find and display the result information via the display 3002. 一选配大型显示器屏幕可提供整页显示,其包含箭头按键及卷轴控制。 An optional display screen to provide a large full-page display, arrow keys and a reel comprising control.

请参照图31A所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一网络电话系统3100的示意图,其中中继线路卡和数字总机为二分离式装置。 Referring to FIG. 31A, which discloses a schematic view of a telephone network system according to an embodiment of the present invention is 3100, wherein the relay and the digital line cards for the operator two separate apparatus. 中继线路卡装置220经由T1/E1线路2817连接至外部世界。 The relay apparatus 220 is connected to the line card to the outside world via a T1 / E1 lines 2817. 数字总机210可自动利用一语音导引通话者经由一通话选项进入,或在一通话进入时通过一接线人员回覆。 Digital switchboard 210 may automatically call using a voice guidance via a call option to enter, via a connection or respond when a person enters the call. 该中继线路卡装置220及数字总机210两者皆可单独设置或结合于其他设备中。 Both the relay device 220 and the digital line card 210 Jieke switchboard or in combination with other devices is provided alone. 假设图31A的系统3100设有80部电话机及由该电话公司分配了81组电话号码。 Suppose the system 3100 of FIG. 31A, and is provided by the telephone 80 to the telephone company 81 assigned phone number. 该电话号码为555-2000至555-2080,其中主号码555-2000指定为该数字总机210使用。 The telephone number is 555-2000 to 555-2080, wherein the main switchboard number for the specified number 210 555-2000 use. 下一号码555-2001对应于电话#1 3102;下一号码555-2002对应于电话#2 3104;下一号码555-2003对应于电话#3 3106;下一号码555-2004对应于电话#4 3108;以此类推至最后一号码555-2080对应于电话#80 3110。 Corresponding to the next telephone number 555-2001 # 13102; corresponding to the next telephone number 555-2002 # 23104; corresponding to the next telephone number 555-2003 # 33106; corresponding to the next telephone number 555-2004 # 4 3108; and so on to the last telephone number 555-2080 corresponding to # 803110. 当一外部通话者拨打号码555-2001至系统3100,该通话开始进行,并经由路径3112藉由该中继线路卡220连接电话#1。 When a caller dials the number 555-2001 external to system 3100, the call is started, and the relay 3112 by connecting a telephone line card 220 via path # 1. 当该通话者拨打号码555-2002,则可经由路径3114藉由该中继线路卡220连接电话#2。 When the caller dials the number 555-2002, via path 3114 may be by the relay 220 connect the telephone line card # 2. 当该通话者拨打号码555-2003,则可经由路径3116藉由该中继线路卡220连接电话#3。 When the caller dials the number 555-2003, via path 3116 may be by the relay 220 connect the telephone line card # 3. 当该通话者拨打号码555-2004,则可经由路径3118藉由该中继线路卡220连接电话#4。 When the caller dials the number 555-2004, via path 3118 may be by the relay 220 connect the telephone line card # 4. 当该通话者拨打号码555-2080,则可经由路径3120藉由该中继线路卡220连接电话#80。 When the caller dials the number 555-2080, via path 3120 may be by the relay 220 connect the telephone line card # 80.

当该通话者拨打主号码555-2000,该中继线路卡装置220则经由路径3122使该通话连接至该数字总机210。 When the call dials the primary number 555-2000, the relay device 220 via a line card so that the call connection path 3122 to 210 of the digital switchboard. 当该通话者连至该数字总机210,该通话者受询问(藉由一自动总机)而拨打一分机,或藉由一接线人员询问一分机,而连至正确电话处;即,电话#1的电话分机“2001”、电话#2的电话分机“2002”,以此类推,在该数字总机210接收该分机号码的最后数字后,该通话接着可传送至适当的电话处。 When the talker 210 is connected to the digital switchboard, the caller interrogation subject (by an automated attendant) dials an extension, or by asking a person a terminal extension, and connected to the correct telephone; i.e., Phone # 1 phone extension "2001", the phone # 2 ext "2002", and so on, after which the last digit of the digital switchboard 210 receives the extension number, the call can then be transferred to the appropriate telephone. 在该数字总机210及电话#1至#80之间的内部通信则经由局域网线路3124进行,其可为有线、无线或有线及无线的组合。 3124 via the LAN line in the internal communication between the telephone 210 and # 1 to # 80 of the digital switchboard, which can be combined into a wired, wireless or wired and wireless.

请参照图31A及22A所示,内部通信并不需该中继线路卡装置220或数字总机210的介入。 Referring, FIG. 31A not involved in the internal communication, and need the relay 22A shown in line card 220 or 210 of the digital switchboard. 对内部通信而言,各电话装置包含一查询表(LUT),该查询表具有电话号码、名称和MAC地址、装置种类、存取码,且当使用者拨打该目标电话的电话号码(或名称)时,各装置的电话号码是通过该来源电话转换为MAC地址。 Internal communication, each of the telephone apparatus comprises a lookup table (the LUT), the look-up table having the telephone number, name and MAC address, device type, access codes, and when the user dials the destination telephone's phone number (or name ), the telephone number of each device is converted to a MAC address of the source telephone. 该转换的MAC地址输入该目标MAC地址栏位606,同时控制数据或声音数据则输入该分组(packet)数据栏位620,而整个以太网分组栏位600送至该目标电话。 Converting the input MAC address to the target MAC address field 606, while controlling the data or sound data is input to the packet (Packet) data field 620, and the entire field of the Ethernet packet 600 is sent to the target phone.

就外部PSTN 2844发出的通话而言,当通话者拨打该存取码“9”(或由该中继线路卡装置220设定的任何存取码)时,由于所有拨出通话皆经由该中继线路卡装置,因此该电话将其翻译成MAC地址并送至中继线路卡装置220(如图28A所示)。 External calls to PSTN 2844 issued, when the caller dials the access code "9" (or any access code of the relay apparatus 220 sets the line card), since all outgoing calls via the relay line are card device, so that the call will be translated into the MAC address and the line card sent to the relay apparatus 220 (FIG. 28A). 该中继线路卡装置220接着将已接收的分组内所含MAC地址解码为外部电话网络(PSTN)能解读的合适格式。 The relay line card device 220 then decodes the received packet format suitable for the external telephone network (PSTN) contained in the MAC address can be interpreted. 对于外部PSTN2844拨入的通话而言,该中继线路卡装置220使用查询表将电话号码转换为该电话对应的MAC地址,转换铃声电势为响铃指令分组、转换声音电压为声音数据分组,接着将该他们送至预定目标电话。 For external PSTN2844 incoming call, the line card the relay apparatus 220 using a lookup table to convert the telephone number for the MAC address corresponding to the telephone, converting the potential to ring ringing instruction packet, converts the sound data packets into sound voltage, then they sent to the intended target phone.

请再参照图28A所示,就外部VPN2818发出的通话而言,当通话者拨打不同的存取码时,例如“8”(或可区别于“9”的任何设定存取码),由于所有VPN发出的通话皆经由该数据网络装置,因此该电话转换其为MAC地址并送入该数据网络装置2808。 Please refer to FIG. 28A, on the outer VPN2818 call issued, when the caller dials a different access code, such as "8" (or distinguishable from "9" is set to any access code), since the All VPN calls are issued via the data network device, so that the telephone is converted into the data and the MAC address of the network apparatus 2808. 该数据网络装置2808接着将已接收的分组内所含MAC地址解码为该VPN网络能解读得合适格式。 The network device data 2808 then the packet contained in the received MAC address decoder that can interpret the VPN network to obtain suitable format. 就外部VPN拨进的通话而言,该数据网络装置使用查询表将该电话号码转换为该对应电话的的MAC地址、转换铃声电势(或来自ATM、TCP/IP、任何接口种类的响铃指令)为响铃指令分组、转换声音电压(或来自ATM、TCP/IP、任何接口种类的声音数据)为声音数据分组,接着将该他们送至预定目标电话。 Externally VPN dial into the call, the network means the data is the telephone number using a lookup table for converting a MAC address corresponding to the telephone, ringing potential conversion (or from the ATM, TCP / IP, any kind of ringing command interfaces ) to ring instruction packet, converts the sound voltage (or from the ATM, TCP / IP, any kind of sound data interfaces) voice data packets, and then they are sent to the target phone book.

表7表示一网络电话的LUT查询表的内容。 Table 7 shows the contents of a look-up table LUT VoIP. 当该电话#1的使用者(第二条目)拨打分机“2003”以使电话#3(第4条目)发出响铃时,电话#1使用其存储器中的查询表,以转译或查询分机“2003”(电话#3的分机)成如表7所示的00-0A-E6-41-C0-49(电话#3的MAC地址)。 When the telephone user # 1 (the second entry) Call extension "2003" for the phone # 3 (entry 4) to ringing, phone # 1 using a lookup table in its memory, or to query translation extension "2003" (the extension telephone # 3) to table 00-0A-E6-41-C0-49 (the MAC address of the phone # 3) shown in FIG. 7. 接着,将该响铃指令封装入数据栏位620中(如图22A所示),将电话#3的MAC地址(00-0A-E6-41-C0-49)置入该目标MAC地址栏位606,而整个以太网分组栏位600则外送至该目标电话#3。 Subsequently, the data is encapsulated into the ring instruction field 620 (FIG. 22A), the MAC address # telephone (00-0A-E6-41-C0-49) 3 is placed into the destination MAC address field 606, and the entire Ethernet packet field 600 to the outside of the target phone # 3. 表7亦揭示内部电话分别外拨至中继线路卡装置及数据网络装置时需要存取码“9”及“8”。 Table 7 requires access code also disclosed internal telephone line card are outbound to the relay device and the data network device "9" and "8."

表8示一中继线路卡装置220或数据网络装置2808的LUT(查询表)的内容。 Table 8 shows the contents of the LUT 2808 or the data network device 220 (lookup table) of a trunk card. 除了另具一新功能:外部电话号码之外,其相似于网络电话。 In addition to the other with a new feature: the external telephone number outside, which is similar to a telephone network. 该外部电话号码由电话公司指定给客户的电话号码。 The external telephone number designated by the telephone company to the customer's phone number. 例如,10个号码分配,由800-555-2000开始则为800-555-2000至800-555-2009。50个号码分配,为800-555-2000至800-555-2049。 For example, 10 numbers assigned by the Start 800-555-2000 800-555-2000 compared to 800-555-2009.50 assigned numbers, is 800-555-2000 to 800-555-2049. 第1000个号码为800-555-2xxx(xxx为000至999)。 The first number is 1000 800-555-2xxx (xxx is 000-999). 各外部电话号码直接分配至各电话,因此当由外面进入该网络而产生一外部拨进通话时,其由该中继线路卡装置220进行路由。 Each external telephone number assigned to each telephone directly, so when generating dial into an external call enters the network from the outside, which is performed by the routing means 220 of the relay line card. 该内部电话号码(分机)较佳为该外部号码的子集(subset)(该分机相符于该外部电话号码的至少最重要的数字),因而该中继线路卡装置不需在查询表内保留二套不同号码。 The internal telephone number (extension) is preferably (coincident with the extension of the external telephone number of the at least most significant digit) number for the external subset (subset), and thus the relay apparatus does not need to retain two line cards in the lookup table different sets of numbers. 例如,若该外部电话号码555-1000指定至一网络电话系统,并分配了100个电话号码(555-1000至555-1099),则四位数字的内部电话号码(分机)为“1000”至“1099”。 For example, if the external telephone number 555-1000 to specify a network telephone system, and a telephone number assigned 100 (555-1000 to 555-1099), the four digits of the internal telephone number (extension) "1000" to "1099." 五位数字的内部电话号码(分机)则为“5-1000”至“5-1099”。 Five-digit internal telephone number (extension) was "5-1000" to "5-1099." 在另一实施例中,外部电话号码是:555-6100至555-6199,接着三位数字的分机则为100至199,四位数字的分机则为“6100”至“6199”,五位数字的分机则为“5-6100”至“5-6199”。 In another embodiment, the external telephone number: 555-6100 to 555-6199, followed by three digits 100 to 199, compared with the extension, the extension was four digits "6100" to "6199", five figures the extension was "5-6100" to "5-6199."

表7 Table 7

表8 Table 8

请参照图31B所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一网络电话系统3140的示意图,其中电话线路装置和数字总机2841形成单一装置。 Referring to FIG 31B, a schematic diagram which discloses a telephone network system according to an embodiment of the present invention is 3140, wherein the telephone switchboard and the digital line units 2841 to form a single apparatus. 网络电话系统3140可具有一单一外部线路2843或多个外部线路。 VoIP system 3140 may have a single external line 2843 or more external lines. 该系统3140是更小型的,包含较少电话机,并仅需一个或较少的外部电路。 The system 3140 is smaller, containing less telephone, and only one or fewer external circuit. 该类系统是用于小公司或家用。 Such systems are used for small companies or home. 图33至38是电话线路装置和数字总机功能形成单一装置的各种实施例。 33 to 38 is a device and the digital telephone line switchboard functions to form various embodiments of a single device. 该电话线路装置和数字总机可为一单独装置或结合于其他设备中。 The switchboard device and the digital telephone line may be a separate device or in conjunction with other devices. 假设该系统3140设有10个电话机,仅2条线路及二组号码(555-2000及555-2001),因而最多仅能同时进行二外部对话。 Assuming that the system 10 is provided with the telephone 3140, only two lines and two sets of numbers (555-2000 and 555-2001), and thus can only be up to two external dialogue simultaneously. 当该外部通话者拨打号码555-2000或555-2001时,电话线路装置和数字总机将产生回覆。 When the external caller to dial the number 555-2000 or 555-2001, and a digital telephone line switchboard device will generate a reply. 当拨打分机“1001”至电话#1 3142、分机“1002”至电话#2 3144、分机“1003”至电话#33146、分机“1004”至电话#4 3148或以此类推至分机“1010”电话#10 3150时,该通话接着则藉由该数字总机进行导引。 When dialing an extension "1001" to the phone # 13142, extension "1002" to the phone # 23144, extension "1003" to the phone # 33146, extension "1004" to the phone # 43148 or so to extension "1010" phone # 10 3150, then the call is performed by the digital switchboard guide.

此时,11个号码(555-2000至555-2010)分配至系统3140,接着各号码可直接分配至各电话,号码555-2000分配至电话线路装置和数字总机2841、号码555-2001分配至电话#1 3142、号码555-2002分配至电话#23144、号码555-2003分配至电话#3 3146、号码555-2004分配至电话#43148,并以此类推至最后一号码555-2010分配至电话#10 3150。 At this time, 11 numbers (555-2000 to 555-2010) 3140 assigned to the system, then each number can be assigned directly to each telephone number 555-2000 assigned to the telephone line and the digital switchboard apparatus 2841, assigned to the number 555-2001 phone # 13142, assigned to the telephone number 555-2002 # 23144, assigned to the telephone number 555-2003 # 33146, assigned to the telephone number 555-2004 # 43148, and so on to the last number assigned to the telephone 555-2010 # 103,150. 该外部通话者接着可藉由拨打号码555-2001而连至电话#1、藉由拨打号码555-2002而连至电话#2、藉由拨打号码555-2003而连至电话#3、藉由拨打号码555-2004而连至电话#4,并以此类推至最后藉由拨打号码555-2010而连至电话#10。 The external caller may then call the number 555-2001 by the # 1 connected to the telephone, by dialing the telephone number 555-2002 and # 2 connected to, by dialing the telephone number 555-2003 and is connected to the # 3, by dial the phone number 555-2004 and connected to # 4, and so on to the last number dialed by and connected to the telephone 555-2010 # 10.

请参照图31C所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一网络电话系统3160的示意图,其中第一中继线路卡220及第二中继线路卡3162连接至一分离式数字总机210。 Referring to FIG. 31C, which discloses a schematic diagram of a telephone network system according to an embodiment of the present invention is 3160, wherein the first relay 220 and second relay line card line card 3162 is connected to a separate digital switchboard 210. 该装置220及3162的功能重复可增加该网络电话系统3160的可靠度。 The device 220 and the function 3162 may increase the reliability of the repeating network telephone system 3160. 容错备援(fail-over)功能可设定于该系统3160中。 Fault-tolerant redundant (fail-over) function can be set in the system in 3160.

请参照图31D所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一网络电话系统3180的示意图,其具有第一组合电话线路装置和数字总机2841及第二组合电话线路装置和数字总机2881。 Referring to FIG. 31D, a schematic diagram which discloses a telephone network system according to an embodiment of the present invention 3180, a telephone line having a first combination device and the digital switchboard telephone line 2841 and a second composition unit 2881 and a digital switchboard. 双重的电话线路装置和数字总机2841及2881可藉由提供容错备援功能,而增加该网络电话系统3180的可靠度。 Double line device and the digital telephone switchboard 2841 and 2881 may function by providing a fault-tolerant redundancy, increasing the reliability of the telephone network system 3180.

请参照图32所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一数据网络装置2808的功能方块示意图。 Referring to FIG. 32, a functional block which discloses a data network apparatus to an embodiment of the present invention is a schematic diagram 2808. 该实施例提供经由线路2813的VPN(虚拟私有网络)连线,但亦可设定用于其他专用私人专线(例如模拟电话线路、T3/E3、OC-1)或任何高速有线或光纤的线路(未绘示)。 This embodiment provides, via line 2813 VPN (Virtual Private Network) connection, but can also be set for other dedicated private line (e.g., an analog telephone line, T3 / E3, OC-1), or any high speed wired or fiber optic lines (not shown). 在线路2813为十亿(Giga)比特的光纤线路时,连至线路2813的接口为一模组3204,亦即一GBIC(十亿比特接口控制器)。 When line 2813 is one billion (Giga) bits optical fiber line connected to a line interface module 2813 to 3204, i.e. a GBIC (gigabit interface controller). 该控制器3204的商业化实施例包含Finisar公司的FTR-1519Extended GBIC Transceiver Module。 The controller 3204 commercial embodiments include Finisar's FTR-1519Extended GBIC Transceiver Module. 该模组2808提供转译功能,以将以太网格式分组转译为ATM、TCP/IP或该数据网络可解读读的其他格式。 The module 2808 provides a translation function for translating Ethernet packet format of ATM, TCP / IP network or the data can be interpreted to read other formats. 该模组3206、3208及3210则分别具有相似图12A的模组226、228及230的功能。 The module 3206,3208 and 3210 have similar functions 12A modules 226, 228, 230. 以太网控制器3210提供一个以上的线路3212…3214,以供连接网络电话及/或个人电脑。 Ethernet Controller 3210 serves more than one line 3212 ... 3214, in order to connect to the network for telephone and / or PC.

请参照图33至38所示,其揭示本发明提供一电话接口、一网络接口及一局域网(LAN)的多个实施例。 Referring to FIGS. 33 to 38, the present invention is disclosed which provides a telephone interface, and a plurality of local area networks (LAN) is a network interface embodiment. 该电话接口提供一网络及一外部电话网络(如PSTN电话系统)间的连线。 The interface provides a telephone connection network and an external telephone network (such as PSTN telephone system) between. 该网络接口提供一电脑(PC)及一外部电脑网络(如因特网)间的连线。 The network interface provides a computer (PC) and a network connection between the external computer (such as the Internet). 该局域网,例如一以太网有线及/或无线局域网,则提供该网络电话、电脑、电话接口及网络接口之间的互相连线。 The LAN, for example, an Ethernet wired and / or wireless local area network, the network providing the mutual connection between the telephone, computer, telephone interface and a network interface.

请参照图33所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的具有拨接因特网线路功能的电话线路装置和数字总机2841的方块示意图。 Referring to Figure 33, which discloses a block device and the digital telephone line having dial-up Internet line switchboard function according to an embodiment of the present invention, 2841 FIG. 该电路相似于图12B的实施例,但同样另增额外功能。 This circuit is similar to the embodiment of FIG. 12B, but again the addition of another additional functionality. 该电话线路装置和数字总机2841包含额外功能,例如数据机电路和韧体3318,以供经由正常电话线路2843进行个人电脑因特网连线。 The switchboard device and the digital telephone line 2841 include additional features, such as data and firmware circuitry 3318, for normal telephone line 2843 via a personal computer with an Internet connection. 该模组3318用以控制(调节及解调)因特网数据(电脑数据)至/由一个人电脑,该个人电脑连线至RJ45线路3334。 The module 3318 for controlling (adjusting and demodulates) the internet data (PC data) to / by one personal computer, the personal computer 3334 to connect to an RJ45 line. 该模组2841亦可包含硬盘3308,以做为一语音邮件储存装置,另可包含数条RJ45线路3334,并支持有线/无线协议,因此可完整而简单的用于解决家用或小公司的声音及数据的网络方案。 The module 2841 may also include a hard disk 3308, as to a voice mail storage device further may comprise a number of RJ45 line 3334, and support wired / wireless protocol, it can complete and simple solution for the home or small business sound and data networking solutions. IP电话功能(参照图30的按键3003f)可选择性的使一使用者选择形成一正常电话通话(经由PSTN)或经由IP通话形成声音,此时ISP(因特网服务提供者)必需提供线路的品质及传送。 IP telephone function (see FIG key 3003f 30) is selectively formed so that a user to select a normal telephone call (via the PSTN) or via an IP voice call is formed, when an ISP (Internet Service Provider) provides the necessary line quality and transmission. 当进行上述情况时,接着以太网声音分组数据则转译为VolP(声音IP)格式,并藉由数据机电路3318进行调控,或同样用以输入仰数据。 When the above-described circumstances, and then the Ethernet data packet is translated into sound VolP (voice IP) format, and be regulated by the data circuitry 3318, Yang or like for inputting data. 模拟交换器3316由CPU通过线路3332加以控制,通常保持关闭状态,因此数据流介于路径2843和3326之间。 Analog switch 3316 through a line 3332 to be controlled by the CPU, is normally kept closed, so the data flow path between 2843 and 3326. 在因电源中断及备用电池未运作而发生的停电时,路径2843及3330间的连线使得模拟电话机正常的使用,以供紧急用途使用。 Due to a power outage when the backup battery is not interrupted and the operation occurs, the connection path 2843 and 3330 so that the normal use of the analog telephone set, for emergency purposes. 以太网控制器3320提供一个以上的线路3334…3338,以供连接网络电话及/或个人电脑。 Ethernet Controller 3320 serves more than one line 3334 ... 3338, in order to connect to the network for telephone and / or PC.

请参照图34所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一各种数字用户回路技术(xDSL)线路装置和数字总机2853连接至xDSL线路的功能方块示意图。 Referring to FIG. 34, which discloses a technology of various digital subscriber loop (xDSL) of a embodiment of the present invention and a digital circuit system 2853 is connected to the switchboard function block schematic of the xDSL line. 该电路相似于图33的实施例,但差异处为经由该xDSL数据机模组3406连接至xDSL线路,该xDSL数据机模组3406本身具有DSP数字信号处理器、存储器及总线接口。 This circuit is similar to the embodiment of FIG. 33, but the difference is connected to the xDSL line via the xDSL modem module 3406, the xDSL modem DSP module 3406 itself has a digital signal processor, memory, and bus interface. 该交换器3408可使一RJ45线路3434经由该交换器3408的P2(3420)而与一以太网控制器3320之间进行因特网数据。 The switch 3408 enables an RJ45 data line 3434 is performed between the Internet and an Ethernet controller 3320 via the switch P2 (3420) 3408 of. 三向模拟交换器和复用器3404由该CPU通过总线3332加以控制,通常提供二路径:3410至/由2855(声音数据)及3416至/由2855(个人电脑数据)。 The three analog switches and multiplexers are controlled by the CPU 3404 through the bus 3332, typically provide two paths: to 3410/2855 by the (audio data) and 3416 to / from the 2855 (PC data). 线路2855及3414在电源中断及备用电池未运作的情况下,其亦可提供使用正常模拟电话机的相同紧急用途目的。 Lines 2855 and 3414 in the case of power interruption and the backup battery is not functioning, which can also provide the same object normal emergency use of the analog telephone. 以太网交换器3408提供一个以上的线路3434…3438,以连接网络电话及/或个人电脑。 Ethernet switch 3408 serves more than one line 3434 ... 3438 to connect telephone network and / or PC.

请参照图35所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一有线电视cable TV/同轴电缆(coax cable)装置和数字总机2865连接至有线电视同轴电缆的方块示意图。 Referring to FIG. 35, which discloses a cable TV cable to an embodiment of the present invention / coaxial (coax cable) apparatus and a digital switchboard coaxial cable 2865 is connected to a block schematic. 该电路相似于图34的实施例,但差异处为经由模组3504连接电视同轴电缆。 This circuit is similar to the embodiment of FIG. 34, but the difference is connected via a coaxial cable TV module 3504. 该电缆数据机电路3504由模组3310(声音及个人电脑的数据)接收分组数据至存储器缓冲暂存器,并调节为同轴电缆2867专用的基频模拟信号。 The cable circuitry 3504 is received by the data module 3310 (voice and data PC) packet data to the memory buffer register, and 2867 is adjusted to a coaxial cable dedicated baseband analog signal. 在该接收端,一输入模拟信号具有大量信息频道(电视频道),并具有一信息频道位于该系统3504的接收频带内。 On the receiver side, an analog input signal having a large number of information channels (channels), and the information channel having a reception frequency band of the system is within 3504. 接着,该模拟信号解调为分组数据及藉由该CPU读取,以处理为声音数据或个人电脑数据,该数据基于报头IDs标识。 Next, the analog signal is demodulated and the data packet read by this CPU, to handle voice data or PC data, the data based on the header identification IDs. 以太网控制器3320提供一个以上的线路3334…3338,以连接网络电话及/或个人电脑。 Ethernet Controller 3320 serves more than one line 3334 ... 3338 to connect telephone network and / or PC.

请参照图36所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一整体服务数字网络(1SDN)线路装置和数字总机2875经由模组3604连接ISDN线路的功能方块示意图。 Referring to FIG. 36, which discloses a unitary services digital network to an embodiment of the present invention (1SDN) and the digital line units 2875 switchboard schematic functional block is connected via ISDN line module 3604. 该电路相似于图33的实施例,但差异处为连接至一ISDN线路。 This circuit is similar to the embodiment of FIG. 33, but the difference is connected to an ISDN line. 以太网控制器3320提供一个以上的线路3334…3338,以连接网络电话及/或个人电脑。 Ethernet Controller 3320 serves more than one line 3334 ... 3338 to connect telephone network and / or PC.

请参照图37所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一以太网线路装置和数字总机2885连接至高速以太网线路2887的功能方块示意图。 Referring to FIG. 37, which discloses a device and the digital switchboard Ethernet line to an embodiment of the present invention, function block 2885 is connected to a high-speed Ethernet line 2887 of FIG. 在本实施例中,线路2887为10/100Mb的以太网线路,但以太网线路装置和数字总机2885可设定为十亿比特(Gigabit)以太网,例如1-Gigabit或10-Gigabit以太网或10-Gigabit光纤频道。 In the present embodiment, the line 2887 is 10 / 100Mb Ethernet line, but the device and the digital switchboard Ethernet line 2885 may be set to gigabit (Gigabit) Ethernet, for example, 1-Gigabit or 10-Gigabit Ethernet or 10-Gigabit fiber channel. 以太网交换器3408的商业化实施例包含Galileo公司的GT-48330桥接器及Intel公司的Phys LXT9761。 GT-48330 bridge and the Intel Corporation company Galileo Phys LXT9761 embodiment comprises Ethernet switches 3408 commercial embodiment. 网络电话装置间的内部通信发生于连接控制器3408的以太网总线3434、3436、3438之间。 Internal communications between the telephone device occurred in the network connection between the controller 3408 Ethernet bus 3434,3436,3438. 源自连接以太网总线3434的装置的内部通话及广播指令传送至连接总线3434、3436、3438的装置,但该装置并末连接线路2887或线路3712。 Means connected from the Ethernet bus 3434 and an internal call is connected to the broadcast command transmitted 3434,3436,3438 means of a bus, but the apparatus and the end of the connection line 2887 or line 3712. 同样的,源自连接以太网总线3436的装置的内部通话及广播指令亦可传送至连接总线3434、3436、3438的装置,但该装置并未连接线路2887或线路3712。 Similarly, calls originating from and connected to the internal instruction means broadcast Ethernet bus connection device 3436 may also be sent to the bus 3434,3436,3438, but the device is not connected to line 2887 or line 3712. 源自连接以太网总线3438的装置的内部通话及广播指令亦可传送至连接总线3434、3436、3438的装置,但该装置并未连接线路2887或线路3712。 And a broadcast command from intercom apparatus Ethernet bus 3438 may also be connected to the connected apparatus bus 3434,3436,3438, but the device is not connected to line 2887 or line 3712. 源自以太网总线3434、3436、3438的外部通话路由至线路2887。 External call routing from the Ethernet bus line 2887 to 3434,3436,3438. 经由以太网线路2887的外部装置所拨进的通话路由至总线3434、3436及/或3438。 An external device via an Ethernet connection 2887 to the dial-in call routing to the bus 3434,3436 and / or 3438. 换言之,该模组3408使所有内部通话(活动)独立于连接以太网线路2887的外部装置之外,而以太网线路2887至/由总线3434、3436及/或3438的连结用于外部通话。 In other words, the module 3408 so that all internal calls (activity) is independent of an external device connected to an Ethernet line 2887 outside, and the Ethernet line 2887 to / from the connecting bus 3434,3436 and / or 3438 for external calls.

请参照图38所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一企业用户专用交换机(PBX)中继装置2893的功能方块示意图。 Referring to FIG. 38, which discloses a corporate PBX users to an embodiment of the present invention, a schematic view (PBX) functional block 2893 of the relay apparatus. 本实施例提供连线至PBX(企业用户专用交换机,Private Branch Exchange),在本实施例中,其为一TDM(分时多工,TimeDivision Multiplex)接口2895。 This embodiment provides the connection to the PBX (PBX business users, Private Branch Exchange), in the present embodiment, which is one the TDM (TDM, TimeDivision Multiplex) interfaces 2895. 在安装时,该网络电话系统如同该PBX的一电话子集,而该有效线路(网络电话系统至PBX)的数量受限于该PBX数字线路卡装置。 At installation, the telephone network telephone system as a subset of the PBX, and the number of the active line (the telephone network to the PBX system) is limited to the digital PBX line card device. 该模组2893提供所有硬体/软体功能以将分组交换转译为电路交换,且同样可在该网络电话装置及PBX之间提供该功能。 The module 2893 provides all hardware / software functions to circuit switched packet switched translated, and can also provide the functionality of the network between the telephone device and PBX. 以太网控制器3210提供一个以上的线路3212…3214,用以连接网络电话及/或个人电脑。 Ethernet Controller 3210 serves more than one line 3212 ... 3214 for connecting a telephone network and / or PC.

值得注意的是,依使用者需求,连结至上述各种实施例的个别以太网控制器和交换器3210、3320、3408的各种以太网总线系可为点对点连线,亦可为有线或无线。 It is noted that, according to user requirements, and the Ethernet controller coupled to individual switches of the various embodiments described above 3210,3320,3408 various Ethernet bus system may be a point to point connection may also be wireless or wired .

请参照图39所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一网络电话号码路由器3900连接至多个局域网的功能方块示意图。 Referring to FIG. 39, a functional block which discloses a network router 3900 cases of telephone numbers is connected to a plurality of LAN schematic embodiment of the present invention. 在本实施例中,该装置3900可具有较少模组数量,并简化功能至仅能连接网络LAN1至LAN4间的通话。 In the present embodiment, the apparatus 3900 may have a smaller number of modules, and can be connected only to simplify calling between network LAN1 to the LAN4. 由于需要更强处理效能,因此较佳使用更有效率的一CPU,例如ARM7S3C4510X01,以做为该电话号码路由器3900。 Since the need for greater processing power, and therefore preferred to use a more efficient the CPU, e.g. ARM7S3C4510X01, as the telephone number to the router 3900. 快速以太网交换器模组3904将以太网线路LAN1(3906)的通话连接至/由以太网线路LAN2(3908)、LAN3(3910)及/或LAN4(3912)。 Fast Ethernet switch module 3904 is connected to an Ethernet line LAN1 (3906) a call to / from the Ethernet line LAN2 (3908), LAN3 (3910) and / or the LAN4 (3912). 同样的,该模组3904可将以太网线路LAN2的通话连接至/由以太网线路LAN1、LAN3及/或LAN4。 Likewise, the module 3904 may be connected to / from the Ethernet line LAN1, LAN3 and / or Ethernet line LAN2 LAN4 call. 亦可将LAN3的通话连接至/由LAN1、LAN2及/或LAN4,或可将LAN4的通话连接至/由LAN1、LAN2及/或LAN3。 The call may also be connected to the LAN3 / from the LAN1, LAN2 and / or LAN4, or the call can be connected to the LAN4 / from the LAN1, LAN2 and / or LAN3. 该模组3904使用的一装置实施例为Galileo公司的GT-48330桥接器及Intel公司的Phys LXT9761。 This means a module 3904 as used in Example Galileo's bridge and the GT-48330 Intel Corporation Phys LXT9761. 该网络电话号码路由器3900告知所有连结至LAN1(3906)的网络电话,如此在实施例中,例如连接号码2xxx、3xxx、4xxx及6xxx的所有通话将转寄至以太网交换器3904的以太网端口P1。 The network router 3900 to inform all phone numbers linked to LAN1 (3906) of the telephone network, in such embodiments, for example connection number 2xxx, 3xxx, 4xxx 6xxx and all calls will be forwarded to the Ethernet port of the Ethernet switch 3904 P1. 当该通话到达该端口P1时,该通话将受对应的安排连接(2xxx及6xxx至LAN2、3xxx至LAN3、4xxx至LAN4)。 When the call reaches the port P1, the arrangement will be subject to the call connection (2xxx and 6xxx to LAN2,3xxx to LAN3,4xxx to LAN4) corresponds. 同样的,该路由器3900亦告知LAN2(3908)的所有通话装置,例如连接号码1xxx、3xxx及4xxx的所有通话将转寄至以太网交换器3904的以太网端口P2。 Similarly, the router 3900 also informed LAN2 (3908) all of the communication device, such as connection number 1xxx, 3xxx and 4xxx all calls will be forwarded to the Ethernet switch to the Ethernet port P2 3904. 当该通话到达该端口P2时,该通话将受对应的安排连接(1xxx至LAN1、3xxx至LAN3、4xxx至LAN4)。 When the call arrives at the port P2, the arrangement will be subject to the call connection (1xxx to LAN1,3xxx to LAN3,4xxx to LAN4) it corresponds. 同样的,该路由器3900亦告知LAN3(3910)的所有通话装置,例如连接号码1xxx、2xxx、4xxx及6xxx的所有通话将转寄至以太网交换器3904的以太网端口P3。 Similarly, the router 3900 also informed LAN3 (3910) all of the communication device, such as connection number 1xxx, 2xxx, 6xxx and 4xxx all calls will be forwarded to the Ethernet switch to the Ethernet port P3 3904. 当该通话到达该端口P3时,该通话将受对应的安排连接(1xxx至LAN1、2xxx及6xxx至LAN2、4xxx至LAN4)。 When the call reaches the port P3, the arrangement will be subject to the call connection (1xxx to 6xxx and LAN1,2xxx to LAN2,4xxx to LAN4) corresponds. 同样的,该路由器3900亦告知LAN4(3912)的所有通话装置,例如连接号码1xxx、2xxx、3xxx及6xxx的所有通话将转寄至以太网交换器3904的以太网端口P4。 Similarly, the router 3900 also informed LAN4 (3912) all of the communication device, such as connection number 1xxx, 2xxx, 3xxx and 6xxx all calls will be forwarded to the Ethernet switch to the Ethernet port P4 3904. 当该通话到达该端口P4时,该通话将受对应的安排连接(1xxx至LAN1、2xxx及6xxx至LAN2、3xxx至LAN3)。 When the call arrives at the port P4, the arrangement will be subject to the call connection (1xxx to 6xxx and LAN1,2xxx to LAN2,3xxx to LAN3) corresponds. 如同图45及46的步骤,当该路由器3900先连上其中一局域网(亦即LAN1)的线上时,该路由器3900建立该LAN1网络的目录。 As in step 45 and FIG. 46, when the line where a router connected to the LAN 3900 (i.e. LAN1), and the router 3900 to establish the directory network LAN1. 如图42A的步骤4220及4226所示,该路由器3900亦藉由监控及接收新装置的“电话号码广播指令”,而记录连上线的任何新装置,及如图42A的步骤4222所示,更新该路由器3900的查询表。 Step 4220 in FIG. 42A and FIG any new device 4226, the router 3900 also by means of monitoring and receiving a new "telephone number a broadcast command", is recorded on the connected line, and step 4222 shown in FIG. 42A, updates the router lookup table 3900. 接着,当连接至另一局域网(LAN2)时,该路由器3900藉由将“装置种类指令”广播至LAN2的所有装置,而告知电话号码,例如LAN1的1xxx(在其数据栏位中)。 Next, when connected to another local area network (LAN2), the router 3900 by the "instruction type device" is broadcast to all devices LAN2, and inform the phone number, such LAN1 of 1xxx (in which the data field). 该网络电话装置支持“x…”号码系统,例如1xxx,其xxx表示范围10000~19999。 The network telephone device support "x ..." numbering system, e.g. 1xxx, which xxx represents the range of 10,000 to 19,999. 该路由器3900亦藉由将该“装置种类指令”广播至LAN1的所有装置,而告知电话号码,例如LAN2的2xxx及6xxx。 The router 3900 is also by all means the "device type instruction" to the LAN1 broadcast, and with a phone number, for example, the LAN2 2xxx and 6xxx.

请参照图40所示,其揭示本发明一实施例的一网络电话装置(例如网络电话10)运作的层次功能方块示意图4000。 Referring to FIG. 40, which discloses a network telephone device (e.g. a telephone network 10) into the operating level schematic functional block 4000 to an embodiment of the present invention. 在方块4002中,该网络电话装置处于闲置,亦即在待命模式。 In block 4002, the network telephone device is idle, i.e. in standby mode. 网络电话功能包含功能4004、设定4006及系统4090。 VoIP features include features 4004, 4006 and set 4090 system. 网络电话功能模组4004包含电话功能4008及配件功能4010。 Internet telephony function module 4004 includes phone functionality features and accessories 4008 4010. 网络设定模组4006包含手动设定4012及自动设定4014。 Network setting module 4006 comprising manual setting 4012 and 4014 is set automatically. 手动设定4012可使一管理者或使用者手动的设定网络电话装置及个别配件。 Manager 4012 can be manually set or a telephone network user to manually set the individual devices and accessories. 自动设定4014可使该装置在不需使用者介入下自行完成设定。 The apparatus 4014 can automatically set itself in a complete set without user intervention. 系统功能4090包含LUT更新、韧体版本编号、韧体更新、通话者费用计帐动作,及诊断目的。 System features include LUT 4090 update, the firmware version number, firmware update, cost accounting caller action, and diagnostic purposes.

在网络电话的某些实施例中,图40揭示的功能方块藉由使用韧体加以实施。 In certain embodiments the telephone network, FIG 40 discloses a functional block implemented by using firmware. 然而,该网络功能亦可藉由使用硬体、韧体及/或软体或其组合而加以实施。 However, the network function and can be implemented by using hardware, firmware and / or software, or a combination thereof. 图40的功能方块的说明如下:通话处理4016包含11个子功能如下:产生通话4017:产生电话通话连线。 FIG functional block 40 is as follows: 11 Call Processing 4016 comprises the following sub-functions: call 4017 produced: generating a telephone call connection.

通话转寄4018:转寄现有通话至另一号码或接收由另一电话转寄的通话。 Call Forwarding 4018: Forward existing call to another telephone number or received by another call forwarding.

重拨4019:重拨最近一电话号码。 Redial 4019: a telephone redial the last number.

通话会议4020:将现有通话连接至另一电话,以进行三方以上的通信。 Call Conference 4020: the call is connected to another telephone prior to performing the above three-way communication.

桥接会议4021:拨入,以桥接会议通话。 Bridge Conference 4021: dial in to the conference call bridge.

通话驻留4022:驻留现有通话。 Call Park 4022: dwell existing call.

通话驻留读取4023:读取驻留的通话。 Read call park 4023: call read resides.

传呼4024:传呼另一电话号码。 4024 Pager: Pager another phone number.

通话保留4025:使现有通话不挂断。 Call Hold 4025: do not hang up the existing call.

通话代接4026:由另一分机代接一受拨电话其他4027:其他功能。 Call Pickup 4026: access by another extension on behalf of a telephone by dialing 4027 Other: other functions.

通话设定4032包括10个子功能如下:目录4033:电话名称及号码目录键入及回拨。 Call settings 4032 include 10 sub-functions are as follows: Directory 4033: Name and phone number directory and call-back type.

文字讯息4034:例如,当通话者拨打电话时,通知该通话者为何受话者未在电话线上,例如“外出午餐”。 4034 text messages: for example, when callers call, informing the caller why not call taker on the telephone line, for example, "out to lunch."

读取邮件4035:读取语音邮件。 4035 e-mail read: read voicemail.

设定通话转寄4036:转寄所有通话至另一电话。 Call forwarding settings 4036: Forward all calls to another phone.

取消通话转寄4037:取消通话转寄。 Cancel Call Forwarding 4037: cancel call forwarding.

送出声音讯息4038:让使用者可在不需拨打目标电话下送出一语音邮件。 Send a voice message 4038: Let the user may send a voicemail without dialing the phone at goal.

送出数据讯息4039:让使用者可在下需拨打目标电话下送出一数据邮件。 Data sent message 4039: allow users may need to call out a next-mail data at the target phone.

通话桥接设定4040:设定通话桥接会议。 Call bridging setting 4040: set up the call conference bridge.

外部控制4041:使外部电话可通过网络控制电话,并使用该电话做为一远距电话(参照图54及下文所述)其他4042:未来用途。 External Control 4041: external telephone via the telephone network control, and use the telephone as a remote telephone (see FIG. 54 and described below) Other 4042: future use.

时间表4050(参照图55及下文所述)USB 4056包含7个子功能如下:影像4057:影像配件功能。 Schedule 4050 (see FIG. 55 and described below) USB 4056 includes 7 sub-functions are as follows: Imaging 4057: Image accessory functions.

声音4058:声音配件功能。 4058 Sound: The sound of accessory functions.

传真4059:传真配件功能。 4059 Fax: fax accessory functions.

数据机4060:数据机配件功能,例如信用卡读取功能个人电脑4061:个人电脑配件功能。 4060 modem: modem accessory functions, such as credit card reading function PC 4061: PC accessories features.

键盘4062:键盘配件功能。 4062 Keyboard: keyboard accessory functions.

其他4063:其他配件。 4063 Other: other accessories.

电话4072:网络电话设定。 4072 Telephone: Internet phone settings.

配件4073:网络电话配件装置设定。 Accessories 4073: Internet phone accessory device settings.

中继线路卡4074:中继线路卡设定。 The relay line card 4074: trunk card set.

数字总机4075:数字总机设定。 Digital switchboard 4075: digital switchboard settings.

数据网络装置4076:数据网络装置设定。 Data network device 4076: setting a data network device.

线路装置和数字总机4077:线路装置和数字总机的设定电话号码路由器4078:电话号码路由器的设定。 Line 4077 device and the digital switchboard: Switchboard digital line units and telephone number of the router 4078 are set: number setting router.

其他4079:其他功能设定。 4079 Other: other functions setting.

电话4082:网络电话自动设定。 4082 Telephone: Internet phone is automatically set.

中继线路卡4083:中继线路卡自动设定。 Trunk card 4083: automatically set a relay line card.

数字总机4084:数字总机自动设定。 Digital switchboard 4084: digital switchboard automatically set.

数据网络装置4085:数据网络装置自动设定。 Data network device 4085: means for automatically setting a data network.

线路装置和数字总机4086:线路装置和数字总机的自动设定。 Line 4086 device and the digital switchboard: Switchboard circuit means and digital automatic setting.

电话号码路由器4087:电话号码路由器的自动设定。 4087 router phone number: the phone number of the router automatically.

LUT更新4091:藉由该网络电话装置/使用者而更新LUT。 LUT update 4091: telephone device by the network / user updates the LUT.

密码4092:使用者密码键入及验证。 4092 Password: Type the password and user authentication.

韧体更新4093:接收及设定更新一新韧体的版本。 Firmware Update 4093: receiving and setting a new firmware update version.

韧体版本4094:韧体版本编号。 Firmware version 4094: Firmware version number.

帐单的开启/关闭4095:产生新使用者的帐单,及关闭现有使用者的帐单。 Bill on / off 4095: a new user billing, and close the existing user billing.

帐单动作4096:藉由管理者进行通话费用计帐动作。 4096 action bill: cost accounting carried out by managers call the action.

诊断4097:韧体自动诊断。 Diagnosis 4097: Automatic diagnostic firmware.

其他4098:未来用途。 4098 Other: future use.

请参照图41所示,其揭示本发明一实施例设定一电话号码至一网络电话(例如图28A的网络电话)的流程示意图4072。 Referring to FIG. 41, which set a disclosed embodiment of the present invention is a telephone number to a telephone network (e.g. telephone network of FIG. 28A) is a schematic flow diagram of embodiment 4072. 在该过程中,由步骤4102开始,该使用者藉由按压该“设定”键3006g,以手动设定一特定电话分机号码“4305”该使用者的分机,并依提示键入密码。 In the process, starting from step 4102, the user by pressing the "Settings" button 3006g, manually set a specific telephone extension number "4305" of the user's extension, and follow the prompts to type the password. 在某些实施例中,同一网络的所有电话装置具有相同密码,以避免多余的电话装置有意/无意的侵入及/或设定该网络。 In certain embodiments, all telephone devices in the same network with the same password to avoid unnecessary telephone device intentional / unintentional invasion and / or set the network. 如此使该网络电话系统便安全,特别是在该网络有部分为无线时。 So that the Internet phone system will be safe, especially when there is a part of the wireless network.

在下一步骤4104中,该电话显示器3002显示手动(“1”键)或自动(“2”键)设定的选项。 In a next step 4104, the display 3002 displays the telephone manual option ( "1" button) or automatically ( "2") is set. 在步骤4106中,该使用者键入“1”键,以进行手动设定。 In step 4106, the user type "1" key, to set it manually. 在步骤4108中,该显示器询问是否进行电话或配件的设定。 In step 4108, which asks whether the display of a telephone set or accessories. 在步骤4110中,该使用者键入“1”键,以设定该电话。 In step 4110, the user type "1" key to set the telephone. 在步骤4112中,该显示器询问选择号码或名称的选项。 In step 4112, the display is asked to select option number or name. 在步骤4114中,该使用者键入“1”键,以选择号码。 In step 4114, the user type "1", to select the number. 在步骤4116中,该显示器询问是否该使用者要使用该预设号码或键入新号码。 In step 4116, the display asks whether the user wants to use the default number or type a new number. 在步骤4118中,该使用者按压“2”键,因而可键入新号码。 In step 4118, the user presses the "2" key, which can type a new number. 在步骤4120中,该显示器提示使用者键入该号码,并在完成时按压图30的“储存”键3006a。 In step 4120, the display prompts the user to type the number, and FIG. 30 upon completion of the pressing the "Save" button 3006a. 在步骤4122中,该使用者键入“4、3、0、5”键,接着按压该“储存”键3006a。 In step 4122, the user type "4,3,0,5" keys, and then presses the "store" key 3006a. 在步骤4124中,该显示器指示该使用者等待,同时该电话核对电话号码是否与该局域网的其它地方产生冲突。 In step 4124, the display indicates that the user waits, while the telephone to check whether or not the telephone number of the conflict with other parts of the LAN.

在步骤4126中,该网络电话将该“电话号码测试”指令送至该局域网的所有其他网络电话装置,并等待进行该密码验证。 In step 4126, the telephony network "telephone number test" instruction to the all other network telephone device of the local area, and waits for the password authentication. 若该网络的现有电话未请求密码验证,该电话则为试图连至该局域网的第一部电话,因此该分机号码“4305”可指定给该使用者。 If the existing telephone network does not request the password authentication, the call attempt was connected to the first LAN phone, so the extension number "4305" may be assigned to the user. 若存在一密码验证请求,且请求密码验证的电话未接受该密码,接着请求密码验证的电话则可能连接至一邻接局域网,及该电话则为试图连至该局域网的第一部电话,而该分机号码“4305”可指定给该使用者。 If there is a request for password authentication, and password authentication request of the telephone did not receive the password, then requests a password verification phone may connect to a LAN abutment, and attempts to connect to the telephone was first portion of the LAN telephone, which extension number "4305" can be assigned to the user. 此外,在步骤4128及4130中,该网络电话等待由其他网络电话发出的回应。 Furthermore, in step 4128 and 4130, the Internet phone waiting for a response issued by other Internet phone. 若在该逾时期间内无其他电话回应“电话号码已存在”指令,则在步骤4132中,该分机号码“4305”可指定给该使用者。 If there is no response from another phone over the period when the "telephone number already exists" instruction, then in step 4132, the extension number "4305" may be assigned to the user. 如图42A的步骤4222所示,所有其他装置将加入新号码,以更新查询表(LUTs)。 As shown in FIG. 42A, in step 4222, all other devices will be added to the new number, to update the look-up table (LUTs). 在步骤4134中,该号码将显示在该使用者的电话上。 In step 4134, the number will be displayed on the user's phone. 最后,藉由步骤4140显示该电话进入闲置状态。 Finally, in step 4140 by displaying the phone goes into an idle state. 若有任何电话号码冲突,接着在步骤4136中,该“电话号码已存在讯息”将显示于该显示器。 If there is any conflict telephone number, then in step 4136, the "message phone number exists" will be displayed on the display. 在步骤4138中,该使用者接着键入不同的电话号码,并在步骤4138中,重新开始该过程。 In step 4138, the user then type a different telephone number, and at step 4138, the process begins again. 最后,未发生冲突的一电话号码被接受,而步骤4132及4134将重新指定及显示该电话号码。 Finally, a phone number does not conflict is accepted, and steps 4132 and 4134 will be re-designated and display the telephone number.

请参照图42A所示,其揭示本发明一实施例设定一电话(例如图28A的网络电话101)试图连接至该网络的过程的流程示意图4082。 Referring to FIG. 42A, which discloses a process embodiment of the telephone set (e.g., a telephone network 101 in FIG. 28A) of attempting to connect to the network 4082 a process schematic embodiment of the present invention. 在步骤4202中,一新电话连接至该网络。 In step 4202, a new telephone connection to the network. 若出现提示,则该使用者键入密码,而电话将自动设定为30秒。 If prompted, type the password for the user, while the phone is automatically set to 30 seconds. 在逾时30秒后,当在步骤4204中未按压该“1”键时,则该电话将一“电话号码测试”指令及一开始号码“2000”(存储的预设号码)广播至该网络,并等待密码验证。 When more than 30 seconds, at step 4204 when "1" the key is not pressed, then the call will be a "Phone Number Test" command and a start number "2000" (the preset number stored) broadcasts to the network and wait for password authentication. 在步骤4206中,最近连线的该电话等待该网络的回应。 In step 4206, the recent connection of the phone waiting for a response to the network. 若在步骤4206发生一网络回应逾时(意思是在逾时期间没有回应,没有密码请求或密码没有验证),接着在步骤4224中,最近连线的该电话则自动指定为“2000”。 If at step 4206 the occurrence of a network response over (meaning no response timeout period, no request for a password or password is not verified), then in step 4224, the most recent telephone connection is automatically designated as "2000." 在步骤4226中,最近连线的该电话将一“电话号码广播”指令广播至该网络,之后在步骤4228中,最近连线的该电话则送出一“电话目录请求广播”指令,并在步骤4230中等待一回应。 In step 4226, the telephone connection will recently a "telephone number broadcast" instruction broadcast to the network, then at step 4228, then the telephone connection recently sent a "telephone directory request broadcast" instruction, and at step 4230 waiting for a response. 同时,在步骤4228中,若没有密码验证,由于其表示该电话为试图连接该网络的第一部装置,因此该电话直接进入步骤4240。 Meanwhile, in step 4228, if there is no password authentication, since it indicates that the call is attempting to connect to a first portion of the network device, so that the telephone proceeds to step 4240 directly. 若发生一网络回应逾时,接着最近连线的该电话则为连接该网络的第一部电话(可能是语音邮件或中继线路卡装置)。 If the response occurs over a network, then the telephone connection was recently first portion connected to the telephone network (voice mail or may be trunk line card device). 在步骤4230中,在该网络回应逾时期间接收一回应,及在步骤4232中,该回应包含由该电话#1(具最小值分机号码的数字总机或电话)送出的所有现存电话的电话目录。 In step 4230, upon receiving a response during the response over the network, and in step 4232, the response sent by the telephone directory comprising the telephone # 1 (with a minimum switchboard extension number or telephone number) of all existing telephone . 在步骤4234中,最近连线的该电话接着藉由送出一“电话目录已接收”指令,以确认含该目录的讯息,而在步骤4236中,该过程完成接收由电话#1送出的一“结束”指令。 In step 4234, then the telephone connection recently by sending a "telephone directory has received" command to the directory containing the confirmation message, and in step 4236, the process completes the reception sent by a phone # 1 " end "command. 否则,在步骤4232中,该电话#1再次送出一“目录广播”指令。 Otherwise, in step 4232, the telephone # 1 sends a "directory broadcast" command again. 在步骤4222中,所有网络电话装置更新查询表。 In step 4222, all Internet phone device update query table.

在步骤4208中,若在该逾时期间的密码验证后产生回应,接着最近连线的该电话则不属于试图连接该网络的第一部电话。 In step 4208, if the password authentication response generated during the period over, then the telephone connection is not recent phone first attempts to connect to the network belongs. 至少一其他电话已连接至该网络,该其他电话其中之一为首先连接至该网络的电话。 At least one other is connected to the telephone network, wherein the one of the other telephone is first connected to the telephone network. 由于先前广播的“电话号码测试”指令中的号码,亦即分机“2000”,其已受首先连接该网络的另一电话所采用,因此该另一电话,称为电话#1(或数字总机1),其将藉由一“电话号码已存在”讯息回应该“电话号码测试”指令。 Since the previous broadcast "telephone number test" instruction number, i.e. extension "2000", which has been another telephone connected to the first network employed by, so that another phone, called the phone # 1 (or a digital switchboard 1), which will be by a "phone number already exists" message back should "telephone number test" instruction. 在步骤4210中,该电话#1(或数字总机)接着送出一“目录传送指令”,该指令包含该网络所有现存电话的号码的目录,而在步骤4212中,最近连线的该电话则利用一“目录已接收”指令作为回应。 In step 4210, the phone # 1 (or a digital switchboard) then sends a "directory transfer instruction", the instruction includes an existing telephone directory numbers of all of the network, and in step 4212, the most recent use of the telephone connection a "catalog received" instructions in response. 在步骤4214中,当该电话#1送出该“结束”指令时,最近连线的该电话则接收该完整目录。 In step 4214, when the phone # 1 sends the "end" command, the telephone connection is recently receiving the full catalog. 否则,在步骤4210中,该电话#1(或数字总机)再次送出一“目录传送指令”。 Otherwise, in step 4210, the phone # 1 (or a digital switchboard) sends a "directory transfer instruction" again.

在步骤4216中,最近连线的该电话目前采用下一可取得(非指定)的该目录的号码,并再次将一“电话号码测试”指令及采用的号码广播至该网络,以确定是否与另一电话发生冲突。 In step 4216, the most recent connection currently used in the next telephone number can be obtained (non-designated) of the directory, and will be a "phone number test" command and numbers employed again to broadcast the network to determine whether the another phone conflict. 在步骤4218中,若没有冲突号码,接着,在步骤4220中,最近连线的该电话则将含所采用号码的一“电话号码传送”指令广播至该网络。 In step 4218, if the number does not conflict, then in step 4220, then the telephone connection recently as containing a "telephone directory forwarding" number to the network using a broadcast command. 在步骤4222中,该网络上的各电话装置更新查询表(LUT),以藉此得知装置及新号码。 In step 4222, each of the telephone device updates a lookup table (LUT) on the network, and means to thereby learn new numbers. 在步骤4218中,若所采用的号码为一冲突号码时,接着,在步骤4238中,产生一网络错误(显示在显示器上),该错误需要进行调查,且该过程就此结束。 In step 4218, if the number is used as a conflict number, then, in step 4238, generating a network error (on the display), the error needs to be investigated, and the process ended.

请参照图42B所示,其揭示本发明一实施例设定一网络电话(例如图28A的电话10),以试图连接至该网络的过程的流程示意图4082。 Referring to the flow shown in FIG. 42B, which discloses an embodiment to set network telephone (e.g. telephone 10 in FIG. 28A) an embodiment of the present invention, in order to try to connect to the network schematic diagram of a process 4082. 图42B揭示藉由删除步骤4204、4206、4224及4226以便自动设定一电话的一较简捷方法,因此亦不再需要步骤4208、4210、4212及4214。 FIG. 42B discloses a relatively simple method by deleting step 4204,4206,4224 and 4226 to automatically set a phone, thus also no longer necessary steps 4208,4210,4212 and 4214. 在由步骤4202开始后,藉由跳至步骤4228,使该新电话进行自动设定,并在步骤4228中,将该“电话目录请求”广播至所有装置。 After starting in step 4202, by jumps to step 4228, so that the new phone is automatically set, and in step 4228, the "telephone directory request" is broadcast to all devices. 在步骤4228中,该电话同样等待一密码验证请求。 In step 4228, the telephone waits for a password authentication request is the same. 若该网络的任一装置皆未发出密码请求,或密码不符,由于该电话为试图连接该网络的第一部电话,因此该电话接着直接进入步骤4242。 If any of the network devices have not sent a request for password, a password does not match, or because the telephone network is a first attempt to connect the phone, so the telephone then proceeds to step 4242 directly. 否则,在步骤4230中,该新电话接着等待由电话#1或数字总机(具最低值分机号码的电话)发出的回应。 Otherwise, in step 4230, the new phone and then wait for a response issued by the # 1 or digital telephone switchboard (telephone with the lowest extension number). 若存在任一电话,接着,在步骤4232中,该电话#1或数字总机(不论那一电话具最低值)则将该电话目录送至该新电话,而步骤4234中,该新电话确认该电话目录。 If there is any one of the telephone, and then, in step 4232, the telephone switchboard or number # 1 (whether telephone that has the lowest value) is sent to the telephone directory of the new call, and in step 4234, the new call to confirm the telephone directory. 在步骤4236中,当该新电话接收整个该电话目录时,该新电话自行在该电话目录中指定下一可取得(非指定)电话号码,并在步骤4216中广播该电话号码测试指令。 In step 4236, when the entire receiving a new call the telephone directory, the next new phone can obtain its own designated (unspecified) telephone number in the telephone directory, the telephone number and the broadcast in step 4216 a test command. 在步骤4218中,该新电话接着等待该网络其他装置发出的回应。 In step 4218, the new phone then waits for the response from the other network device emitted. 若没有回应时,接着,在步骤4220中,该新电话则将广播最近使用的电话号码,并在步骤4222中,使所有网络装置更新查询表。 If there is no response, then, in step 4220, the new phone will be broadcast recently used phone numbers, and in step 4222, the update query all network devices table.

除非该管理者重视网络的非法使用问题,否则一有线以太网通常不需要密码验证。 Unless the managers pay attention to the illegal use of the network, or a wired Ethernet usually do not require password authentication. 在无线网络中,由于一网络电话装置若位于网络集线器/交换器的操作区附近,则该网络电话装置可能蓄意或意外的设定进入该系统,因此密码验证显得重要。 In a wireless network, because if a telephone device located in the network hub / switch operating area, then the network telephone device may be intentionally or accidentally entering the system is set, and therefore more important to verify the password. 密码请求由该电话#1(具最低值分机号码的电话或数字总机)发出。 Password request is issued by the telephone # 1 (having the lowest number or the extension number of the telephone switchboard). 若没有电话#1连接至该网络时,该中继线路卡装置则为发出该密码指令的下一装置。 If no phone # 1 is connected to the network, the relay device, compared with the line card issuing means that a next instruction code.

请参照图43所示,其揭示本发明一实施例设定一网络电话(例如电话2807)连接至一个以上的电话配件的过程的流程示意图4073。 Referring to FIG. 43, which processes disclosed embodiment sets a telephone network (e.g., telephone 2807) connected to one or more telephone accessory 4073 process schematic embodiment of the invention. 在该过程中,该使用者手动设定一特定电话分机号码“4310”至该传真机2904中,如图29所示,该传真机2904连接至该网络电话2902的配件连接端口(USB)。 In this process, the user manually setting a specific telephone extension number "4310" to the facsimile machine 2904, as shown in FIG. 29, the facsimile machine 2904 is connected to the telephone network 2902 is connected to accessory port (USB). 由步骤4302开始,该使用者按压该“设定”键3006g。 Begins with a step 4302, the user presses the "set" key 3006g. 在下一步骤4304中,该电话显示器3002显示选择手动设定“1”或自动设定“2”。 In a next step 4304, the display 3002 displays the telephone select manual setting "1" is automatically set or "2." 在步骤4306中,该使用者按压该“1”键,以进行手动设定。 In step 4306, the user presses the "1" key, to set it manually. 在步骤4308中,该显示器询问是否进行该电话或配件的设定。 In step 4308, which asks whether the display of the telephone set or accessory. 在步骤4310中,该使用者按压该“2”键,以设定该配件。 In step 4310, the user presses the "2" key, to set the fitting. 在步骤4312中,该显示器询问选择下同种类的配件。 In step 4312, the same applies hereinafter asked to select the type of display parts. 在步骤4314中,该使用者按压该“1”键,以选取传真机。 In step 4314, the user presses the "1" key to select a facsimile machine. 在步骤4316中,该显示器询问选取号码或名称的选项。 In step 4316, select an option of the display query number or name. 在步骤4318中,该使用者按压该“1”键,以选择号码。 In step 4318, the user presses the "1" key to select the number. 在步骤4320中,该显示器询问是否该使用者要使用预设号码或键入新号码。 In step 4320, the display asks whether the user wants to use the default number or type a new number. 在步骤4322中,该使用者按压该“2”键,因此能键入新号码。 In step 4322, the user presses the "2" key, it is possible to type a new number. 在步骤4324中,该显示器提示该使用者键入该号码,并在完成键入时,按压该“储存”键3006a。 In step 4324, the display prompts the user to type the number, type and upon completion, pressing the "Save" button 3006a. 在步骤4326中,该使用者按压该“4、3、1、0”键及“储存”键。 In step 4326, the user presses the "4,3,1,0" key and the "Save" button. 在步骤4328中,该显示器指示该使用者等待,同时该电话核对电话号码是否与该局域网它处冲突。 In step 4328, the display indicates that the user waits while checking the telephone at the telephone number if it conflicts with the local area network. 在步骤4330中,该网络电话(传真机)送出该“电话号码测试”指令至该局域网的所有其他网络电话。 In step 4330, the network telephone (facsimile) sends the "telephone number test" instruction to the local area network to all other phones. 在步骤4332及4334中,该网络传真机等待其他网络电话及配件的回应。 In step 4332 and 4334, the network fax machine waiting for a response other Internet phone and accessories. 若无其他电话回报“电话号码已存在”指令,则在步骤4336中,分机号码“4310”将指定给该使用者的传真机。 Unless otherwise return the phone "phone number already exists" command, then in step 4336, the extension number "4310" will be assigned to the user's fax machine. 如步骤4222所示,所有其他装置将新号码更新至查询表(LUTs)中。 As shown in step 4222, all other devices will be updated to a new number lookup table (the LUTs) in. 在步骤4338中,该号码将显示于该使用者的电话上。 In step 4338, the number will be displayed on the user's phone. 若与任一电话发生冲突,接着在步骤4340中,“电话号码已存在”的讯息将显示于该显示器。 If there is conflict with any telephone, then in step 4340, "telephone number already exists" message will be displayed on the display. 在步骤4342中,该使用者接着键入不同电话号码给传真机装置,并在步骤4328中,再次进行该过程。 In step 4342, the user then to key in the telephone number to the facsimile apparatus, and in step 4328, the process again. 由于该网络电话已设定于该系统中,因此密码验证并非必要。 Since the Internet phone has been set in the system, it is not necessary to verify the password.

请参照图44所示,其揭示本发明一实施例设定一电话线路装置和数字总机(例如装置2841)试图连线至该网络的过程的流程示意图4077。 Referring to FIG. 44, which discloses a process embodiment set switchboard telephone line and a digital device (e.g., device 2841) attempts to connect to the network 4077 schematic diagram of a process embodiment of the invention. 在该过程中,在步骤4402中,该使用者藉由按压“设定”键3006g,以手动设该电话线路装置和数字总机2841,若有提示时则键入该密码。 In this process, at step 4402, by the user presses the "set" key 3006g, to manually set the telephone switchboard and the digital line units 2841, type the password if prompted. 在步骤4404中,该显示器询问手动或自动设定的选项。 In step 4404, the display asks the automatic determination or manual. 在步骤4406中,该使用者选取“1”键,以选择手动设定。 In step 4406, the user selects "1", to select the manual setting. 该显示器然后询问是否用以设定该电话线路装置(中继线路装置)、数字总机或配件。 The display then asks if the device for setting the telephone line (trunk line unit), a digital switchboard or accessories. 接着,在步骤4410中,该使用者按压“1”键,以进行该电话线路装置(中继线路)的设定。 Next, in step 4410, the user presses the "1" key, for the telephone line means (trunk lines) is set. 在步骤4412中,该显示器询问是否需要外部存取码。 In step 4412, the display asks whether external access code. 在步骤4414中,该使用者选取“7”键,以选择需要存取码。 In step 4414, the user selects "7", to select the required access code. 在步骤4416中,该显示器指示使用者键入存取码,及在步骤4418中,该使用者按压“9”键,以使用该键做为存取码,并再按压“储存”键。 In step 4416, the display indicates user access code type, and in step 4418, the user presses the "9" key as a key to use the access code, and then presses the "store" key. 若未有密码请求或密码未经验证时,接着在步骤4422中,该电话线路装置和数字总机将直接进入步骤4428。 If no request or a password when the password is not verified, then at step 4422, the device and the digital telephone line switchboard directly proceeds to step 4428. 否则,在步骤4420中,该电话线路装置和数字总机直接由电话#1接收该电话目录,并在步骤4424中确认该电话目录。 Otherwise, in step 4420, the device and the digital telephone line the telephone switchboard directly received by the telephone directory # 1, and confirm the telephone directory at step 4424. 在步骤4426中,所有网络装置进行更新查询表,并在步骤4428中该电话线路装置和数字总机完成该设定。 In step 4426, all network devices to update the lookup table, and the device and the digital telephone line to complete the switchboard set in step 4428. 在步骤4428中,该电话线路装置和数字总机(事实上,或指该电话线路和数字总机的电话线路部份)完成该设定,并将该设定显示在该显示器。 In step 4428, the device and the digital telephone line switchboard (in fact, refers to a telephone line or the telephone line and the digital part of the switchboard) to complete the setting, and the settings are displayed on the display. 最后,在步骤4430中,该装置如显示般进入闲置状态。 Finally, in step 4430, as the display device becomes idle. 该数字总机(其电话号码)将于下列进行设定。 The digital switchboard (their phone number) will be held the following set.

由于该数字总机亦为具有额外功能的电话,例如监示器电话动作、启动/关闭电话装置及帐单计帐等,因此如在步骤4408中选择“2”时,该数字总机亦可手动指定为一分离式分机。 Since the digital telephone switchboard also has additional features, such as monitor the operation of the telephone, on / off and billing billing and other telephony device, therefore, as "2", the digital switchboard can also be manually selected in step 4408 in the specified It is a separate extension. 若该使用者在步骤4408中选择“2”时,该数字总机将可由步骤4116开始进行设定,并于步骤4140结束。 If the user selected in step 4408 in the "2", the digital switchboard will be set in step 4116 is started, and at step 4140 ends.

请参照图45所示,其揭示本发明一实施例设定一中继线路卡装置(例如装置220)试图连线至该网络的过程的流程示意图4083。 Referring to FIG. 45, which processes disclosed embodiment sets a trunk card device (e.g., device 220) attempts to connect to the network 4083 schematic diagram of a process embodiment of the invention. 在步骤4502中,该中继线路卡装置在该网络线上,该使用者键入该密码。 In step 4502, the relay apparatus in the network line card line, the user type the password. 在步骤4504中,该中继线路卡装置让该使用者选择手动设定,否则在30秒后将进入自动设定(在本实施例中)。 In step 4504, the relay line card device allows the user to select manually set, otherwise go to automatically set after 30 seconds (in the present embodiment). 在步骤4506中,该中继线路卡装置先广播一“装置种类”指令,接着在步骤4508中,再广播一“电话目录请求”指令,并等待该密码验证。 In step 4506, the relay means to broadcast a line card "device type" command, then at step 4508, and then broadcast a "telephone directory request" command and waits for the password authentication. 若无密码验证或验证不正确时,接着该中继线路卡装置将直接进入步骤4514。 If no incorrect password authentication or verification, and then the relay line card device proceeds to step 4514 directly. 否则,在步骤4510及4512中,该中继线路卡装置等待由网络电话发出的回应。 Otherwise, at step 4510 and 4512, the relay line card device waits for a response sent by the telephone network. 在步骤4510中,电话#1(或数字总机)广播该电话号码的目录,以回应该“电话目录请求”指令。 In step 4510, Phone # 1 (or a digital switchboard) broadcasting the directory telephone number, should return to "telephone directory request" command. 在步骤4516中,该中继线路卡装置确认该电话目录的接收,及在步骤4518中,所有网络装置进行更新查询表,以包含该中继线路卡装置信息。 In step 4516, the relay device confirms the line card receives the telephone directory, and in step 4518, all network devices to update the lookup table, the relay line card to include device information. 在步骤4520中,该中继线路卡装置返回闲置状态。 In step 4520, the relay apparatus returns the idle state of the line card.

请参照图46所示,其揭示本发明一实施例设定一语音邮件/网络储存装置(例如装置2809)连接至该网络的过程的流程示意图4600。 Referring to FIG. 46, which is disclosed embodiment sets a voice mail / network storage device is connected to the network process (e.g., device 2809) is a schematic flow diagram of embodiment 4600 of the present invention. 该过程相似于上述增加新电话或中继线路装置的任一过程。 The process is similar to the process of any of the above or the addition of new telephone trunk apparatus. 在该过程中,电话#1(或数字总机)较佳必需预先安装及运作。 In this process, Phone # 1 (or a digital switchboard) is preferably pre-installed and the necessary operation. 由步骤4602开始,一语音邮件/网络储存装置在该网络线上。 Begins with a step 4602, a voice mail / network storage device in the network line. 在步骤4604中,该语音邮件/网络储存装置广播该“装置种类”指令,且在步骤4606中,再广播该“电话目录请求”指令,并在步骤4608及4610中等待一回应(由电话#1或数字总机发出的目录广播)。 In step 4604, the voicemail / network storage device broadcasts the "device type" instruction, and in step 4606, and then broadcasts the "telephone directory request" command and waits for a response at step 4608 and 4610 (made by phone # 1 or directory broadcast digital switchboard issued). 在步骤4614中,该语音邮件/网络储存装置确认该电话目录的接收,且在步骤4616中,所有网络装置进行更新查询表,以包含该语音邮件/网络储存装置的信息。 In step 4614, the voicemail / network storage device acknowledge receipt of the telephone directory, and in step 4616, all network devices to update the lookup table, the voice message to include information / network storage device.

若无回应时,接着在步骤4612中该过程将结束,其意指该网络上没有任何其他电话。 When the absence of response, then at step 4612 the process will end, which means that no other telephone on the network. 如步骤4612所示,该网络装置若未接收该电话目录,则一旦一网络电话连上时,该网络装置将再次送出“装置种类广播”指令,并在该网络上完成自动设定。 As shown in step 4612, the network device receives the telephone directory If not, then once a telephone connected to the network, the network device will send a "means the type of broadcast" instruction again and completed automatically set on the network. 该过程显示由步骤4604开始。 The process begins with a step 4604 displays.

该语音邮件/网络储存装置亦可储存通话记录、帐单状态、客户机和传真机号码、客户数据、输入传真机及输出传真机,以供进行后续读取或传送。 The voice mail / call history storage means may store, billing status, and client fax number, customer data, input and output facsimile facsimile, or is read for subsequent transmission. 其中一实施例为应用于客户数据及记录,该客户数据及记录系基于客户转寄代理系统的电话号码而取得,且该代理系统的个人电脑连接至该电话,以做为一配件,以便尽可能提供最佳服务。 One embodiment is applied to customer data, and recording, and recording the customer data forwarding is based on the customer's telephone number acquired proxy system, and the proxy personal computer connected to the telephone system to serve as an accessory, to make provide the best service possible.

表9及表10定义一字节1的上4个比特,以做为装置号码,其揭示于第1栏的第2栏目。 Tables 9 and 10 define an upper 4 bits of byte 1, the device number as that disclosed in the second column to the first column. 该装置号码可使多个网络电话装置能经由一单一RJ45(有线或无线)线路,而与其他装置进行通信。 The apparatus enables a plurality of network numbers can telephone device, and to communicate with other devices via a single RJ45 (wired or wireless) line. 使用4个比特做为该装置号码,最多至16部装置(15部配件装置加上网络电话)将可经由一单一网络电话同时进行连线。 Using 4 bits as the unit number, up to 16 devices (15 fitting means plus VoIP) will be performed simultaneously through a single network connection phone.

表9 Table 9

表10 Table 10

表11 Table 11

上述表11为表4的另一版本,其增加某些新指令,并作说明如下(未列出所有指令):23.电话号码删除广播该网络电话广播至所有网络装置,以告知该目标装置放弃现有电话号码。 Table 11 Table 4 is another version, which add some new instructions, and as follows (all instructions not listed): 23 delete broadcast the telephone number of the telephone network to broadcast to all network devices, to notify the target device abandon existing phone number. 所有网络装置由查询表移除该网络电话的电话号码及MAC地址。 All network devices removed from the look-up table of the VoIP phone number and MAC address. 在一自动设定电话成功利用预设电话号码连接至该网络时,需要该指令。 When a successful automatic setting with a preset telephone number to connect to the telephone network, in need of such instruction. 接着,由该目录的电话范围中完全找出该号码。 Next, the range of the telephone directory to find out the full number. 接着,该网络电话发出该指令,以放弃现有号码,并使用由该电话目录取得的下一号码,以作为该网络电话的号码。 Next, the telephone network issues the instruction to discard the existing number and the next number is obtained by using the telephone directory as the telephone number of the network. 接着,如图42A所示,需要所有步骤,以完成新电话号码的设定过程。 Subsequently, as shown in FIG 42A, all the steps required to complete the process of setting new phone number. 如上述表8的说明章节所示,该内部电话(分机)号码应为该外部电话号码的子集。 As shown, the internal telephone (extension) number to be a subset of that of the external telephone number described in Table 8 of the section. 该指令使该网络电话进行自动设定,以在该范围内(在该目录内)选取下一可取得的电话号码,因而遵从该条件。 The instructions cause the automatic setting of the telephone network, telephone number within this range (in the directory) to select the next can be obtained, and thus comply with that condition. 换言之,该使用者应在该网络上手动设定该第一电话(电话#1或数字总机),因此该使用者分机能相符于该指定电话号码(由电话公司指定)的最重要数字。 In other words, the user should manually set the first telephone (the telephone switchboard or number # 1) on the network, so that the user can conform to the specified extension telephone number (designated by the telephone company) to the most significant digits. 接着,所有其他电话可自动设定及指定下一可取得的分机,该分机落入该电话公司分配的范围内。 Subsequently, all other telephony specific extension can be automatically set and made available to the next, within the scope of the extension of the telephone company's distribution.

2B:关闭电话装置广播该中继线路卡装置和数字总机或电话#1对所有网络电话广播该网络电话装置(在该数据栏位中的电话及MAC号码)已由该电话目录移除(由查询表清除)。 2B: Close telephone device broadcasts the relay device and the digital line card # 1 to the telephone switchboard or network telephone device (telephone number and the MAC data field) is broadcast to all the telephone network by the telephone directory is removed (by the query Clear the table). 该中继线路卡装置和数字总机或电话#1不再手动或自动设定进入该系统。 The relay device and the digital line cards or telephone switchboard # 1 is no longer set manually or automatically entering the system.

2C:开启电话装置广播该中继线路卡装置和数字总机或电话#1对所有网络电话广播该网络电话装置(在该数据栏位中的电话及MAC号码)已开启,因而可设定进入该系统。 2C: opening telephone device broadcasts the relay device and the digital line cards or telephone switchboard # 1 is on all broadcasts the VoIP network telephone device (telephone number, and MAC data in the field), and therefore entering the system may be set . 该指令用以开启先前关闭的装置。 The instruction means for opening previously closed.

53.密码请求当目标电话首次连上网络时,由电话#1或中继线路卡装置(若无电话#1时)将该指令送至目标电话。 53. The password request when the target phone first connected to the network, a trunk or a telephone card apparatus # (if no phone # 1) The instructions to the target telephone. 该目标电话将以密码传送指令作回应。 The target phone will be password transfer command to respond. 请参照下文说明。 Please refer to the following instructions.

54:密码传送该指令送至请求密码的网络电话的目标电话。 54: The password transmission request command to the code of the target telephone network telephony. 该指令及密码正确指令与密码错误指令(程式码55及56)为该密码验证协定的一部份,因而可避免非预定电话装置设定进入该网络。 The command and the password is correct password is wrong with the command (code 55 and 56) for a part of password authentication agreement, thus avoiding unintended telephone device enters the network setting. 该情形可能发生于无线局域网,此时集线器/交换器位于邻近电话的运作距离内。 This situation may occur in the wireless LAN, when the hub / switch located within the operating distance of neighboring telephone.

57:通话驻留读取该指令送至该网络电话的目标电话装置(该装置的通话已驻留),以进行通话驻留读取。 57: call park the read command to the destination telephone device of the telephone network (the call device already resides) to read a call reside. 在接收该指令后,若只有一驻留通话时,则该通话装置将该通话传送至该通话者。 After receiving the command, if only one resident call, the communication device transmits the call to the caller. 若有多个驻留通话时,则请参照下列程式码58的说明。 If a plurality of dwell time call, please refer to the following code 58 is described.

58:通话驻留(读取)取得若有一个以上的通话驻留时,则该指令送至该网络电话的目标电话装置,其请求通话驻留读取者。 58: call park (read) the target acquisition means if more than one telephone call when the resident, the instruction is sent to the telephone network, the call request resides readers. 该通话驻留读取指令再次发出该线路号码,因而可转寄该适当通话。 The call park number read command is issued again to the line, which can forward the call appropriately.

5C:通话驻留请求该指令送至该网络电话装置(电话或数字总机),以进行通话驻留,以供后续读取。 5C: the call park request command to the network telephone device (telephone switchboard or digital), for call park, for subsequent reading. 该目标电话装置以通话驻留确认指令回应来源电话。 The call to the target telephone device residing response confirmation command source telephone.

5D:通话驻留确认该指令送至该网络电话的目标电话,以确认该通话是否由该来源电话驻留。 5D: the call park confirmation command to the target telephone of the telephone network, to confirm that the call is resident by the source telephone.

请参照图47所示,其揭示本发明一实施例使用一网络电话(例如图28A的电话10)读取一语音邮件讯息的过程的流程示意图4035。 Referring to FIG. 47, which processes disclosed embodiment uses a telephone network (e.g., telephone 10 of FIG. 28A) to read a voice mail message process 4035 a schematic embodiment of the present invention. 在该流程的步骤4702中,该使用者拿起听筒或按压“免持听筒”键3006h,并接着按压该“讯息”键3006e。 In the process in step 4702, the user picks up the handset or presses "speakerphone" key 3006h, and then presses the "message" button 3006e. 在步骤4706及4710中,该使用者通过按压“*”键,而选择读取语音邮件。 In step 4706 and 4710, the user by pressing the "*" key to select the voice mail is read. 在步骤4714及4718中,该使用者分别按压分机及密码。 In step 4714 and 4718, respectively, the user presses the extension and password. 在步骤4720中,该听筒的扬声器提示使用者进行声音选项的各种选择。 In step 4720, the earpiece speaker prompt the user to select various sound options. 在步骤4722中,该使用者按压“5”,以在步骤4724接听该讯息。 In step 4722, the user presses the "5" at step 4724 to receive the message. 在接听该讯息后,在步骤4728中,使用者确定通过选取“3”键进行删除。 After answering the message, at step 4728, the user is determined by selecting the delete key "3". 在步骤4732中,删除该讯息,且在步骤4734中,该使用者挂回听筒。 In step 4732, delete the message, and in step 4734, the user hanging back to the earpiece. 读取声音及其他功能是通过该网络内或网络外的任一电话进行控制。 Reads sound and other functions are controlled by any of a telephone within the network or outside the network. 一实施例是该使用者由一外部电话拨打至自己的网络电话。 An embodiment is that the user dials a phone to an external phone network own. 由于无人回答该电话(该通话者由另一电话拨打至自己的电话),因此该通话是在一短暂时间后连接至该语音邮件装置。 In the absence of answers the telephone (the telephone caller by another call to its own telephone), so the call is connected to the voice mail device after a short period of time. 接着,该使用者按压“#”键三次,以使该邮件装置将连线回传至(使用者的)网络电话。 Then, the user presses the "#" key three times so that the device will be connected back to the e-mail (user) Internet telephony. 接着,该使用者键入自己的密码。 Then, the user type in your password. 接着,该电话给该通话者一声音选项,以使该使用者选择:拨打“1”,以接听语音邮件。 Then, the call to the caller a voice option to allow the user to select: dial "1" to listen to voice mail. 拨打“2 ”以控制自己的网络电话,因此如图54的实施例所示,该使用者能经由电话公司使用自己的家用电话,以便拨打至另一电话,而无需使公司营运产生长途费用。 Dial "2" to control their own telephone network, the embodiment shown in FIG. 54 Thus, the user can use his home telephone via a telephone company, in order to dial another telephone, the company operating without generating long-distance charges. 拨打“3”,以转寄该使用者的公司的所有通话至另一电话等等。 Dial "3" to forward all calls to the user's phone to another and so on.

图48至53是以流程图右侧图示揭示一网络电话的各种功能,并以左侧图示揭示对应网络电话显示器屏幕,其是相关于个别网络电话功能步骤(由图示的虚线加以连接)。 FIGS 48-53 are a flowchart illustrating the right side discloses various functions of a telephone network, and is left in the figure to reveal a corresponding network phone display screen, which is associated with the individual network phone function step (illustrated by a dashed line to be connection).

请参照图48所示,其揭示本发明一实施例另一分机使用者使用一网络电话(例如电话10)进行传呼的过程的流程示意图4024。 Referring to FIG. 48, revealing another embodiment of the user using a telephone network extension (e.g., telephone 10) for paging a schematic flow chart of a process 4024 embodiment of the present invention a. 在步骤4802中,当该电话处于闲置模式时,该使用者则在步骤4804中藉由拿起听筒开始该过程,并按压该“传呼”键3006c。 In step 4802, when the telephone is in idle mode, the user then in step 4804 the process begins by lifting the handset and pressing the "paging" button 3006c. 在步骤4806中,该显示器提示该使用者进行选择。 In step 4806, the display prompts the user to select. 该选择系自助餐厅(cafeteria)、实验室(1ab)、群组(group)、电话分机(phoneextension)或全部(all phones)。 The selected line cafeteria (cafeteria), lab (1ab), group (group), telephone extension (phoneextension) or all (all phones). 在本实施例中,该使用者在步骤4808中藉由按压“分机”键3003e而选择电话分机。 In the present embodiment, at step 4808 the user by pressing the "Extension" button 3003e selected ext. 在步骤4810中,该显示器提示该分机的电话号码,而该传呼导引至该号码。 In step 4810, the display prompts the telephone number of the extension, and the number to the paging guide. 在本实施例中,该使用者在步骤4812中藉由按压“2、7、8、0”键,以键入“2780”。 In the present embodiment, at step 4812 the user by pressing the "2,7,8,0" keys to type "2780." 在步骤4814中,电话“2784”送出一传呼指令至电话“2780”。 In step 4814, the telephone "2784" sends a command to the paging call "2780." 在步骤4816中,电话“2780”将一“通话已连接”指令送至电话“2784”。 In step 4816, the telephone "2780" will be a "call connected" command to the phone, "2784." 在步骤4818中,该电话“2784”将使用者的声音数据送至电话“2780”,因而在步骤4820中,由该显示器显示。 In step 4818, the telephone "2784," the user's voice data to the phone, "2780", and thus at step 4820, displayed by the display. 在步骤4822中,该使用者完成通话并挂上听筒后,该电话最后则在步骤4824中回复至闲置模式。 After step 4822, the user completes the call and hang up the handset, the telephone and finally return to the idle mode in step 4824.

请参照图49A所示,其揭示本发明一实施例将一通话驻留于数字总机的过程的流程示意图4022。 Referring to FIG. 49A, revealing the processes residing in a digital telephone exchange process 4022 calls a schematic embodiment of the present invention. 在本实施例中,该使用者回覆一外部通话者(800-555-1212)的通话,并查明其要找不在的John William(一受话者)。 In the present embodiment, the user reply to a call outside the talker (800-555-1212) and identify its looking away John William (a callee). 接着,该使用者将该通话驻留于该数字总机;并等待由该数字总机的回应,以了解该通话驻留于何一线路,接着传呼John。 Next, the user calls the number residing in the switchboard; and waits for the response of the digital switchboard, to understand how the call reside in a line, then paging John. 当该电话响铃时,该过程由步骤4902开始,且在步骤4904中,该使用者藉由拿起电话以回覆该通话。 When the telephone rings, the process begins at step 4902, and in step 4904, by the user picks up the phone to reply to the call. 该使用者查明该通话为要找不在的John William。 The user is not looking to identify the call as the John William. 在步骤4906中,该使用者接着确定驻留该通话。 In step 4906, the user then parks the call is determined. 在步骤4908中,该显示器提供多个选择,例如:驻留该通话于DA(数字总机)键3003b、here(本分机)键3003c或其他extension(分机)健3003d。 In step 4908, the display providing a plurality of options such as: the talk residing in the DA (Digital switchboard) key 3003b, here (the present station) or other key 3003c Extension (extension) Kin 3003d. 在步骤4910中,该使用者藉由按压键3003b而选取数字总机选择。 In step 4910, the user presses the button 3003b and selected by the digital switchboard selected. 在步骤4912中,该电话送出通话驻留请求指令至该数字总机。 In step 4912, the telephone sends a call request command to the resident digital switchboard. 在步骤4914中,该数字总机回送该通话驻留确认指令,而使线路1可用以驻留该通话于该电话,接着在步骤4916中,将该通话转寄至该数字总机。 In step 4914, the digital switchboard loopback call park the confirmation command, the line 1 may be used to reside in the call the telephone, then in step 4916, the call forwarding number to the switchboard. 在步骤4918中,该使用者由该显示器了解结果。 In step 4918, the user is informed of the results by the display. 在步骤4920中,该使用者接着藉由按压传呼键3006c开始进行传呼。 In step 4920, the user then presses the paging by the paging start button 3006c. 该显示器接着使该使用者选择传呼谁或何处。 The display then causes the user to select who or where paging. 在步骤4922中,该选项为自助餐厅(cafeteria)、实验室(lab)、群组(group)、电话分机(phone extension)或全部(all phones)。 In step 4922, this option is a buffet restaurant (cafeteria), laboratory (lab), group (group), an extension telephone (phone extension) or all (all phones). 在步骤4924中,该使用者进行选取“all”键,以便可传呼该公司各处(所有电话),因而可找到JohnWilliam。 In step 4924, the selected user performs "all" key, so as to be around paging (all phone) of the company, which can be found JohnWilliam. 在步骤4928中,该传呼可藉由该显示器的显示开始。 In step 4928, the paging may be displayed by the display start. 在步骤4926中,该使用者进行传呼,此时电话2784对该网络上所有电话进行广播,在步骤4930中,当该使用者完成传呼时则挂上电话。 In step 4926, the user performs paging, when broadcast on all telephone network to the telephone 2784, in step 4930, when the user completes the paging telephone is hung up. 在步骤4932中,该电话回复至闲置模式的该显示器。 In step 4932, the call back to the idle mode display.

如图48的步骤4806及图49A的步骤4922所示,该网络电话系统提供该传呼功能,因而该网络电话系统不需要分离式扬声器线路。 Step 4806 of FIG. 48 and shown in FIG. 49A, the VoIP system 4922 provides the paging function, which does not require the network telephone system separate loudspeaker lines. 在大型或中型公司中,该群组传呼(亦即销售、业务、工程等)功能(参照表5的第一栏,群组传呼功能)可对一特定群组进行传呼,由于该群组中的使用者可能位于相邻区域,因而警示该群组中的使用者注意。 In large or medium-sized companies in the paging group (i.e. sales, business, engineering, etc.) function (refer to the first column of Table 5, group paging function) can be performed for a particular paging group, since this group the user may be located in adjacent regions, thus warning the user that the group. 实验室及自助餐厅的网络电话分机已设定为功能键,因此传呼该实验室或自助餐厅不需拨打分机(号码)。 Laboratory and cafeteria VoIP extension has set as a function key, the paging laboratory or cafeteria without dialing an extension (number). 该功能亦可取代建筑物中的传呼扬声器,及小公司或家用的室内对讲机。 This function can also be replaced by a building paging speakers, and small businesses or home-room intercom.

请参照图49B所示,其揭示本发明一实施例驻留一通话于线路#1的另一过程的流程示意图4022。 Referring shown in Fig. 49B, which is disclosed embodiment resides in another process a call flow line # 1 is a schematic diagram of embodiment 4022 of the present invention. 当该电话响铃时,该方案相似于图49A(但该过程不同),且该使用者驻留该通话,因而另一使用者可选取该通话。 When the telephone rings, the embodiment of FIG. 49A is similar to (but different from the process), and the user parks the call, so that the user may select another call. 步骤4952至4956相同于图49A的步骤4902至4906。 Steps 4952 to 4956 is identical to steps 4902-4906 of FIG. 49A. 在步骤4958中,该电话让该使用者具有数条线路可驻留该通话。 In step 4958, the telephone number so that the user has the talk lines may reside. 由于此时具有其他通话驻留于线路#2及#4,因此线路#2及#4的选项略过。 At this time, since the call with other lines reside in # 2 and # 4, # 2, and therefore the line # 4 skip options. 所有线路为逻辑线路及可与该网络的任一电话连接。 All lines to a logic circuit connected to the network and can be any of a telephone. 在本实施例中,驻留于线路#2的通话可位于一电话,同时驻留于线路#4的通话则可位于该网络的不同电话上。 In the present embodiment, the call, resides in the line # 2 may be located in a telephone call while residing in the line # 4 can be positioned on the different telephone network. 在步骤4960中,该使用者按压线路#1键3003a,以将该通话驻留于线路#1。 In step 4960, the user presses the button 3003a Line # 1, to reside on the call lines # 1. 在步骤4962中,该电话将“通话驻留于线路#1”广播至所有网络装置;换言之,如步骤4964所示,其表示一通话驻留于线路#1,因而线路#1不再使用(如同线路#2及#4一样)。 In step 4962, the telephone will "call park on lines # 1" is broadcast to all network devices; in other words, as shown in step 4964, which represents a call park on lines # 1, # 1 and thus the line is no longer used ( as line # 2 and # 4 the same). 参照图49A的步骤4920至4932的说明。 Referring to FIG 49A described steps 4920 to 4932 is.

如图49B所示,由于该线路并非物理线路,例如藉固定键控制的目前PBX系统,因此驻留通话的线路可藉由该网络内的任一电话加以控制,且不涉及该数字总机。 As shown in FIG 49B, since the line is not physical lines, e.g., by fixing the current PBX system control keys, thus resides call line can be controlled by any of a telephone within the network, and does not involve the digital switchboard. 因此,该线路的数量不受限于键盘。 Accordingly, the number of the line is not limited to the keyboard.

请参照图50A所示,其揭示本发明一实施例代接驻留于数字总机的一通话的过程的流程示意图4023。 Referring to FIG. 50A, which discloses generation of a workflow process according to the present embodiment of the invention resides in a connected digital switchboard schematic call 4023. 图50A紧接于图49A之后。 Figure 50A immediately after in Figure 49A. 在本实施例中,在步骤5004中,该使用者代接电话x2200,并按压代接键3006j。 In the present embodiment, in step 5004, on behalf of the user to answer the phone X2200, and presses the key Pickup 3006j. 在步骤5006中,该显示器指示该使用者使用按键3003a(DA,软键),以由该数字线机代接该通话,或者使用按键3003b,而由另一分机代接该通话。 In step 5006, the display indicates that the user uses button 3003a (DA, soft keys), the digit line to the machine pick the call using the keys or 3003b, and by a further extension to the call pickup. 在步骤5008中,该使用者按压DA键,以便由该数字线机读取该通话。 In step 5008, the user presses the DA button, the talk order to read the digit line by the machine. 在步骤5010中,该电话请求通话驻留读取指令至该数字线机,且该数字线机送出通话读取通知线路1及2可使用。 In step 5010, the telephone call park the read request command to the digital line, and the read digit line machine sends a call notification lines 1 and 2 may be used. 在步骤5012中,该显示器显示有二驻留通话在线路1及2。 In step 5012, which displays there reside two lines 1 and 2 calls. 在步骤5014中,由于该使用者进行如图49A的传呼,因此该使用者按压线路1键。 In step 5014, since the user performs paging of FIG 49A, so that the user presses a key line. 在步骤5016中,该电话由线路1送出“通话驻留读取”至该数字总机,该数字总机接着确认及连接该通话至该电话。 In step 5016, the telephone line 1 is sent by the "call park read" to the digital switchboard, followed by confirmation of the digital switchboard and the call is connected to the telephone. 在步骤5018中,该通话完成连接,及该使用者可与该通话者通话,因而在步骤5020中,由该显示器显示出。 In step 5018, the call connection is completed, and the user can talk to the caller, and thus at step 5020, exhibited by the display. 最后,在步骤5022中,该使用者挂上听筒,及在步骤5024中,该电话回复至闲置状态。 Finally, in step 5022, the user replace the handset, and in step 5024, the telephone returns to the idle state.

请参照图50B所示,其揭示本发明一实施例代接驻留于线路1的一通话的另一过程的流程示意图4023。 Referring to FIG 50B, which discloses another process flow of the embodiment resides in the pick line 1 a schematic view of a call one embodiment 4023 of the present invention. 图50B紧接于图49B之后。 Figure 50B immediately after in Figure 49B. 在本实施例中,在步骤5054中,该使用者代接电话分机“2200”,并按压代接键3006j。 In the present embodiment, in step 5054, the user Pickup ext "2200", and presses the key Pickup 3006j. 在步骤5056中,该线路选择有线路1、线路2或线路4。 In step 5056, the selected line has a line 1, line 2 or line 4. 在步骤5058中,由于该使用者进行如图49B的传呼,因此该使用者按压线路1键。 In step 5058, since the user performs paging of FIG 49B, so that the user presses a key line. 电话分机“2200”将“通话驻留读取指令于线路“1”广播至所有装置,及电话分机“2200”则广播“通话驻留确认指令”,因而使线路1可给其他电话使用。在步骤5062及5064中,由于该通信目前藉由该电话分机“2784”转寄于该使用者及外部通话者之间,因此该使用者可与该外部通话者(800-555-1212)进行通话。在步骤5062中,另一方式使电话分机“2784”将“电话转寄请求指令”送至数字总机装置(或中继线路装置),以将该通话直接转寄至电话分机“2200”,因此可不需提供该通信连线以进行通信。在步骤5066及5068中,当该通信结束时,电话分机“2200”回复至闲置状态。在步骤5062中,电话分机“2784”转寄该通信于二线路之间,但任一使用者仍可使用该电话分机“2784”。该使用者可拿起电话分机“2784”,以进行拨打电话或回覆一通话,而不会影响该电话分机“2 Ext "2200" to "call park read command to the line" 1 "is broadcast to all devices, and telephone extension" 2200 "is broadcast" call park confirmation command ", thus the line 1 may be used to other phones. In steps 5062 and 5064, since the communication by the current telephone extension "2784" between the user and forwarding to the external caller, so the user can make a call with the external caller (800-555-1212) at the step 5062, another way that ext "2784" to "phone forward request command" to the digital switchboard (or trunk line means), to forward the call directly to the telephone extension "2200", so may need to provide the communication connection to communicate. in step 5066 and 5068, when the end of the communication, telephone extension "2200" returns to the idle state in step 5062, the telephone extension "2784" in the two forwarding the communication between the lines, but the user can still use any of the extension telephone "2784." the user can pick up the phone extension "2784", to make a call or reply to a call, without affecting the phone extension "2 200”及外部通话者间的连线。换言之,该网络的所有连结依逻辑操作。 200 'and connections. In other words, by connecting all the logical operations of the network between the external caller.

请参照图51所示,其揭示本发明一实施例在二网络电话间的一影像通话期间所产生过程的流程示意图4057。 Referring to FIG. 51, which processes disclosed embodiment during a video call between two Internet phones generation process 4057 a schematic embodiment of the present invention. 该过程由步骤5102开始,同时该显示器显示一预设电话选项屏幕。 The process begins with a step 5102, while the display shows a preset phone options screen. 该显示器亦显示其配件,例如:影像3003b、声音3003c及传真3003d。 The display also shows its accessories, such as: video 3003b, 3003c voice and fax 3003d. 在步骤5104中,该使用者按压该3003b键(影像键功能),以选择影像功能,在步骤5106中,该显示器选项显示影像电话分机号码“2010”。 In step 5104, the user presses the key 3003b (image key function), the function to select an image, in step 5106, the video display option displays the telephone extension number "2010." 接着,在步骤5108中,该使用者拨打分机号码“2038”,以进行影像连接(同时一声音及/或配件线路可同时处于使用或非使用状态)。 Next, in step 5108, the user dials the extension number "2038", to be connected to an image (a simultaneous voice and / or accessory line may be in use simultaneously or use state). 在步骤5110中,该影像电话分机“2010”送出响铃指令至影像电话分机“2038”,并接收由该影像电话分机“2038”发出的响铃状态,及在步骤5112中,该显示器显示状态。 In step 5110, the video phone extension "2010" sends instructions to the videophone ring extension "2038", and receives ringing state image emitted by the phone extension "2038", and in step 5112, which displays status . 在步骤5114中,该影像电话分机“2038”将通话连线状态送至该影像电话分机“2010”。 In step 5114, the video phone extension "2038" will call the video phone connection status sent to extension "2010." 在步骤5116中,进行该影像连线及通信,及在步骤5118中,使状态显示于该显示器。 In step 5116, the image for connection and communications, and in step 5118, a state displayed on the display. 在步骤5120中,直到该使用者按压停止3003f键之前,该连线皆处于使用状态,或在步骤5122中,该影像电话分机“2038”停止该通信,及该装置回复至闲置模式。 In step 5120, until the user presses the stop key 3003f, the connections are in use, or at step 5122, the image ext "2038" to stop the communication, and the device returns to the idle mode.

请参照图52所示,其揭示本发明一实施例在设定一电话会议(conferencebridge)间所产生过程的流程示意图4060。 Referring to FIG. 52, which discloses a process embodiment of the present invention embodiment set in a conference call between (conferencebridge) is a schematic view generation process 4060. 该电话会议由电话分机“2003”设置至电话分机“2049”,因此与会者可通话至电话分机“2049”,以进行远程会议(teleconference)。 The conference call is set by the telephone extension "2003" to the telephone extension "2049" so participants can call to the telephone extension "2049", for remote conference (teleconference). 该过程由步骤5202开始,此时该电话分机“2003”处于闲置模式。 The process begins with a step 5202, at which time the telephone extension "2003" is in idle mode. 在步骤5204中,该使用者按压桥接键3006k。 In step 5204, the user presses the key bridge 3006k. 在步骤5206中,该显示器让该使用者选择设定一电话会议(设定键3003a)或拨入进行一会议通话(会议键3003b)。 In step 5206, the user to select the display setting Have a conference call (setting key 3003a) or incoming call for a session (session key 3003b). 在步骤5208中,该使用者按压设定键3006a,因而该使用者可设定一通话会议设定。 In step 5208, the user presses the setting key 3006a, and thus the user can set a conference call settings. 在步骤5210中,该显示器询问是否进行新电话会议(新键3003a)或进行目前电话会议(目前键3003b)。 In step 5210, the display asks whether a new conference call (new key 3003a) or the current conference call (the current key 3003b). 选择目前电话会议时,该使用者可改变或删除先前设定桥接的会议。 When you select the current conference call, the user can change or delete the meeting previously set bridge. 在步骤5212中,该使用者选择新键,因而该使用者可设定新的电话会议。 In step 5212, the user selects a new key, so that the user can set up a new conference call. 在步骤5214中,该显示器询问是否该电话会议用于该电话分机“2003”(目前键3003a)或另一分机(另一分机键3003b)。 In step 5214, the display asks whether the telephone conference call for the extension of "2003" (currently the key 3003a) or another extension (another extension button 3003b). 在步骤5216中,该使用者选取另一分机键。 In step 5216, the user selects another extension key. 在步骤5218中,该显示器接着提示该使用者拨打该分机号码。 In step 5218, the display then prompts the user to dial the extension number. 在步骤5220中,该使用者拨打分机“2049”,因而该使用者可设定该电话会议给该分机。 In step 5220, the user dials extension "2049", so that the user can set the conference call to that extension. 在步骤5222中,该显示器准备进行电话会议设定。 In step 5222, the conference call is set ready for display. 该显示器指示该使用者键入欲设定的会议的时间、日期及持续时间。 The display indicates that the user type the time to be set by the meeting, the date and duration. 该显示器亦使该使用者选择查看时间表(查看时间表键3003b),因而该使用者可选择该时间及日期,而不与已列表的时间及日期发生冲突。 The display also enable the user to choose to view the schedule (see schedule key 3003b), so that the user can select the time and date, without conflict with the time and date of the list. 在步骤5224中,该使用者键入时间、日期及持续时间,并按压完成键3003a。 In step 5224, the user type the time, date and duration, and press the button to complete 3003a. 电话分机“2003”将桥接功能设定指令送至电话分机“2049”。 Telephone extension "2003" the bridging function setting command to the telephone extension "2049." 该电话分机“2049”随后将桥接功能设定送至该数字总机。 The telephone extension "2049" is then set to the bridging function of the digital switchboard. 在步骤5226中,该数字总机将桥接功能回应送回该电话分机“2049”。 In step 5226, the bridging function digital switchboard will respond back to the phone extension "2049." 在步骤5228中,该电话分机“2049”将桥接功能回应送至该电话分机“2003”。 In step 5228, the telephone extension "2049" will respond to the bridging function of the phone extension "2003." 在步骤5230中,该显示器显示该电话会议已设定给分机“2049”。 In step 5230, the display displays the conference call has been set to the extension "2049." 该会议的持续时间为1小时。 The duration of the meeting is 1 hour. 该数据为6/19/2004,及时间为9:30AM。 The data 6/19/2004, and time is 9:30 AM. 该显示器亦显示该桥接号码,因而该网络内部的通话者使用该桥接号码,以拨打进行会议通话。 The display also shows the number of the bridge, and therefore the interior of the network bridge number using caller, to dial the conference call. 在连线至该数字总机后,外部通话者以该主要号码(数字总机)进行通话,接着则拨打该桥接号码,以进行会议通话。 After connecting to the digital switchboard, external callers to a call number of the primary (digital switchboard), and then dial the number of the bridge, to the conference call. 由步骤5230,该显示器将在30秒后(或任何预定时间)回复至闲置模式,并由步骤5232显示。 In step 5230, that the display (or any predetermined time) return to idle mode after 30 seconds, and the step 5232 is displayed.

请参照图53所示,其揭示本发明一实施例在一拨进通话与另一电话进行一电话会议期间所产生过程的流程示意图4021。 Referring to FIG. 53, which processes disclosed embodiment the wave during a call with another telephone into a conference call 4021 produced a process schematic embodiment of the present invention. 在该过程中,该电话分机“2010”的使用者拨入进行一会议通话(其以图52的实施例进行设定)。 In this process, the telephone extension "2010" for a user dial a conference call (which is set in the embodiment of FIG. 52). 该过程由步骤5302开始,此时该电话分机“2010”处于闲置模式。 The process begins with a step 5302, at which time the telephone extension "2010" is in idle mode. 在步骤5304中,该使用者按压桥接键3006k。 In step 5304, the user presses the key bridge 3006k. 在步骤5306中,该显示器询问是否进行会议通话设定(设定3003a)或会议通话(会议3003b)。 In step 5306, the display asks whether the conference call is set (set 3003a) or a conference call (conference 3003b). 在步骤5308中,该使用者按压会议键3003b,因而该使用者可拨入进行会议通话。 In step 5308, the user presses conference button 3003b, so that the user can dial the conference call. 在步骤5310中,该显示器提示该桥接号码。 In step 5310, the display prompts the bridge number. 在步骤5312中,该使用者键入该桥接号码。 In step 5312, the user type of the bridge number. 电话分机“2010”将桥接会议请求指令送至数字总机。 Telephone extension "2010" will bridge the meeting request command sent to a digital switchboard. 在步骤5314中,该数字总机随后将桥接会议请求指令送至电话分机“2049”,并将通话转寄请求送至电话分机“2049”。 In step 5314, the digital switchboard request command is then sent to the conference bridge phone extension "2049", and forwards the call request to the telephone extension "2049." 在步骤5316中,会议通话建立于电话分机“2010”及“2049”之间。 In step 5316, a conference call is established between telephone extension "2010" and "2049." 在步骤5318中,该显示器显示该会议通话处于使用状态。 In step 5318, the display displays the conference call is in use. 在完成会议通话后,该使用者在步骤5320中挂下听筒,并在步骤5322中,该电话回复至闲置状态。 After completion of the conference call, the user at step 5320 in hanging the handset, at step 5322, the call back to the idle state.

请参照图54所示,其揭示本发明一实施例在一网络电话内进行一通话及使用该网络电话做为一远距电话以拨打另一电话的期间所产生过程的示意图4041。 Referring to FIG. 54, which discloses an embodiment of the present invention and performing a call using the telephone network as a remote telephone to dial a schematic view generation process 4041 during another telephone within a telephone network. 该功能让使用者可由另一电话控制网络电话,以做为一远距电话,以使一电话通话送至另一电话,或远距设定该网络电话。 This feature allows users to control the phone by another telephone network to serve as a remote phone to make a phone call to the other phone, the Internet phone or remote setting. 在步骤5402中,该通话者拨入该通话者的网络电话,例如电话#1。 In step 5402, the caller of the incoming caller telephone network, such as a phone # 1. 由于没有回应,因此该通话者连线至该语音邮件装置。 Since there is no response, so the caller to connect to the voice mail system. 在步骤5404中,该通话者按压“#”键三次以便电话#1处于注意模式(在步骤5406中,在侦测到该“#”声三次后,语音邮件将该通话转寄回电话#1)。 In step 5404, the caller presses "#" key three times to telephone # 1 in attention mode (in step 5406, after detecting that the "#" sound three times, voice mail, call forwarding the call back # 1 ). 在步骤5408中,该通话者经由听筒的扬声器听到电话#1询问键入密码,并在步骤5410中,该通话者拨入密码。 In step 5408, the caller telephone inquiry type the password # 1, and in step 5410, the caller dial-in password heard through the handset speaker. 在步骤5412中,电话#1(经由听筒的扬声器)询问选取“1”以设定电话功能,或选取“2”以设定配件功能。 In step 5412, the telephony # 1 (via the headset speaker) selected query "1" to set the telephone function, or by selecting "2" to set the accessory functions. 在步骤5414中,该通话者接着拨打“1”进行设定电话功能。 In step 5414, the talker then dial "1" to set the telephone function. 在步骤5416中,电话1(经由听筒的扬声器)播报不同选项,及在步骤5418中,由于该通话者想由该通话者目前拨打的电话使用该听筒,以控制该网络电话#1及使用该网络电话如同该通话者正使用该电话#1一般(如步骤5422所示),因此该通话者系选取“2”,以进行通话控制。 In step 5416, the telephone 1 (via the earpiece speaker) broadcast different options, and in step 5418, since the caller wants to use the handset by the talker currently dialed to control the Internet phone # 1 and use the as the telephone network to the telephone caller is using general # 1 (as shown in step 5422), so the system talker choose "2", to perform call control. 在步骤5424中,该通话者接着拨打电话800-555-1212,因而该连线系由该通话者目前拨打的电话经由该网络电话州而连至电话800-555-1212。 In step 5424, the talker then call 800-555-1212, so that the connection line by the current talker of a telephone call while connected to the telephone network via telephone 800-555-1212 state. 该中继线路卡装置位于电话d11所属的网络电话系统内,且由于该中继线路卡装置系为使用者的电话连线至电话#1及电话#1连线至电话800-555-1212的连接点,因此该中继线路卡装置设有二个以上的外部电话线路。 The relay device located within the telephone line card belongs d11 network telephone system, and since the relay apparatus based line card for the user's telephone connection to the telephone and phone # 1 # 1 connect to the telephone connection points 800-555-1212 Therefore the relay line card device is provided with two or more external telephone lines. 在步骤5426中,电话则将DTMF数据(800-555-1212)送至该中继线路卡装置,及该中继线路卡装置随后拨打电话800-555-1212。 In step 5426, the telephony data will DTMF (800-555-1212) line card sent to the relay apparatus and the relay apparatus then line card call 800-555-1212. 在步骤5428中,该中继线路卡装置由电话800-555-1212将响铃拨号送至电话#1,及电话#1随后将响铃拨号经由该中继线路卡装置送至使用者的电话。 In step 5428, the relay line card device dialing by the telephone will ring to the telephone 800-555-1212 # 1, # 1 and telephone dialing the telephone will ring then sent to the user via the relay line card device. 在步骤5430中,某使用者由电话800-555-1212进行回覆,及在步骤5432中,该中继线路卡装置将通话连接状态送至电话#1。 In step 5430, the user performs a reply to a telephone 800-555-1212, and in step 5432, the relay means to the line card to the telephone call connection state # 1. 在步骤5434及5436中,进行该通信。 In step 5434 and in 5436, for the communication. 当在家(或小型卫星办公室1工作的员工需要进行长途交易通话时,该应用系十分有用。该员工可拨入该区域办公室,并使用公司网络,以进行低成本的长途连线。在该通信最后,该使用者在步骤5438中挂上听筒,及该电话回复至闲置模式(结束状态1)。 When at home (or small satellite office employees need to work 1 long-distance call transaction, the application system is very useful. The staff can dial in the regional offices, and use a corporate network to low-cost long-distance connection. In this communication Finally, the user put the handset in step 5438, and the call back to the idle mode (an end state).

请参照图55所示,其揭示本发明一实施例在该排定过程期间藉由一网络电话的设定步骤的流程示意图4050。 Referring to Figure 55, the process by which discloses a telephone network setting step of scheduling a schematic view of the procedure 4050 during an embodiment of the present invention. 网络已选择使该使用者能排定约会5506、会议5508、事项5510及闹钟5512的提醒。 Network has been selected so that the user can schedule appointments 5506, meeting 5508, 5510 and matters alarm reminder of 5512. 图55亦揭示时间表可进行改变5518或删除5520,且亦可排定传真(步骤5516)一后续数据或一后续时间,以达成任一目的。 FIG 55 also disclosed schedule may be changed or deleted 5520 5518, and may also schedule a facsimile (step 5516) a subsequent data or a subsequent time, to achieve any object.

请参照图56所示,其揭示本发明一实施例在一约会排定提醒过程期间藉由一网络电话的设定步骤的流程示意图。 Referring to FIG. 56, it was revealed by the process step of setting a schematic embodiment of a telephone network during a scheduled appointment reminder embodiment of the present invention is a process. 当该使用者按压如图30的时间表键3006f时,该过程则由步骤5602开始。 When the user presses the key schedule in FIG 3006f 30, the process begins by the step 5602. 在步骤5604中,该显示器询问选取何选项。 In step 5604, the display select query any option. 按压“1”选择新时间表:按压“2”选择改变时间表:或按压“3”选择删除旧时间表。 Press "1" to select a new schedule: Press "2" to change the selection timetable: or press "3" to select Delete old schedule. 在步骤5606中,该使用者按压“1”,及在步骤5608中,该显示器列出一时间表提醒的选项。 In step 5606, the user presses "1", and in step 5608, the option to display a list of reminders schedule. 在步骤5610中,该使用者选取该约会提醒时间表。 In step 5610, the user selects the schedule appointment reminders. 在步骤5614及5618中,该使用者键入该时间表的数据及时间。 In step 5614 and 5618, the user type the data and time of the schedule. 在步骤5622中,该使用者接着键入目标电话的号码,因而该电话可呼叫(该目标电话),以提醒该使用者该时间表。 In step 5622, the user then type target telephone number, the telephone can thus call (the target phone) to remind the user of the schedule. 在步骤5624中,该使用者选择使不使用密码,如此个人或私事需要一密码才可由时间表进行提醒。 In step 5624, the user chooses not to use the password, so personal or private affairs need a password to be reminded by the schedule. 在步骤5630中,该使用者键入“与医生会面”,因而在步骤5614及5618中,可于该使用者键入的数据及时间,提醒该使用者与医生会面。 In step 5630, the user type "doctor meeting", and thus at step 5614 and 5618, the user can type in the data and time, to remind the user to meet with the doctor. 在步骤5632中,该显示器显示该医生会面时间表提醒摘要,及提示该使用者按压储存键。 In step 5632, which displays the alert summary schedule meeting the doctor and prompts the user presses the storage button. 在步骤5634及5636中,在该使用者按压储存键后,该时间表过程结束。 In step 5634 and 5636, after the user presses the store key, the schedule process ends.

虽然本发明已利用实施例详细揭示,但其并非用以限定本发明,任何本领域的普通技术人员,在不脱离本发明的精神和范围内,可作各种更动与修改,因此本发明的保护范围应当以申请专利范围所界定的为准。 While the invention has been disclosed in detail using the embodiments, but not intended to limit the present invention, any of those of ordinary skill in the art, without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention, various changes or modifications may be made, and therefore the present invention the scope of protection should be defined by the scope of patented subject.

Claims (16)

1.一种用于自动设定网络电话系统的方法,其包括:藉由连接至该网络的电话,将一指令广播至该网络,该指令包含一预设电话号码;若在一逾时期间内接收一网络回应时,则由该回应确定该预设电话号码已指定给连线至该网络的其他电话;在接收该号码指定回应后,经由该网络接收一目录讯息,该目录讯息包含一电话目录,该电话目录包含多个指定给连接至该网络的多个电话的号码;由接收的电话目录寻找不冲突的电话号码;采用找到的号码,做为该电话的号码;及将采用的号码广播至该网络。 1. A method for automatic setting of network telephone system, comprising: connecting to the network by telephone, broadcast a command to the network, the instruction comprises a predetermined phone number; if the time period over a a response is received within the network, the response is determined by the preset phone number has been assigned to connect to the network of other telephone; after receiving the response from the specified number, receives a message through the network directory, the directory includes a message telephone directory, the telephone directory contains multiple assigned to multiple phones connected to the network number; look for the phone number does not conflict with the received telephone directory; the use of numbers found, as the phone number; and the adoption of numbers to the broadcast network.
2.如权利要求1所述的用于自动设定网络电话系统的方法,其中藉由送出一具有“电话号码测试指令”的广播帧,以执行将具有预设电话号码的指令广播至该网络。 2. A method as claimed in claim automatically set the system for a telephone network of claim 1, wherein the broadcast frame sent by having a "telephone number test command" to execute an instruction having a predetermined telephone number to the network broadcasts .
3.如权利要求1所述的用于自动设定网络电话系统的方法,其中在该逾时期间内接收的该网络回应为一“号码已存在指令”。 A method as claimed in claim automatically set the system for a telephone network of claim 1, wherein upon the network than the response is received during a "instruction number already exists."
4.如权利要求1所述的用于自动设定网络电话系统的方法,其中该目录讯息为一“目录传送指令”。 A method as claimed in claim automatically set for the telephone network system 1, wherein the message is a directory "directory transfer instruction."
5.如权利要求1所述的用于自动设定网络电话系统的方法,其中藉由送出一具有“电话号码传送指令”的广播帧,以执行将采用的号码广播至该网络。 A method as claimed in claim automatically set the system for a telephone network of claim 1, wherein by sending a broadcast frame having a "telephone directory forwarding instruction" to perform a number used to broadcast the network.
6.如权利要求1所述的用于自动设定网络电话系统的方法,进一步包括:若在该逾时期间内没有回应时,则选择该预设电话号码做为该电话的号码;将该预设号码广播至该网络;请求送出一电话目录;及若未接收回应,则采用该选定号码做为该电话的号码。 A method as claimed in claim automatically set the system for a telephone network of claim 1, further comprising: if no response within the time period in which the excess, selecting the preset telephone number as the telephone number; the preset number to the broadcast network; sending a request telephone directory; and if no response is received, then the use of the selected number as the phone number.
7.如权利要求6所述的用于自动设定网络电话系统的方法,其中藉由送出一具有“电话号码广播指令”的广播帧,以执行将该预设号码广播至该网络。 A method as claimed in claim automatically set the system for a telephone network of claim 6, wherein the sending by having a "telephone number a broadcast command" broadcast frame, to perform the preset number to the broadcast network.
8.如权利要求1所述的用于自动设定网络电话系统的方法,其中寻找不冲突的电话号码的步骤包含:由该电话目录选择可取得的下一号码;将含该选定号码的一指令广播至该网络;及若在一逾时期间内该网络没有发生回应时,则采用该选定号码做为该电话的号码。 A method as claimed in claim automatically set the system for a telephone network of claim 1, wherein the step of finding the phone number does not conflict comprises: selecting a next number can be obtained from the telephone directory; containing the selected number a command broadcast to the network; and if the network does not respond within the period occurred during a timeout, then the use of the selected number as the phone number.
9.如权利要求8所述的用于自动设定网络电话系统的方法,其中藉由送出一具有“电话号码测试指令”的广播帧,以执行广播含该选定号码的一指令。 9. A method as claimed in claim automatically set the system for a telephone network of claim 8, wherein the sending by having a "telephone number test command" broadcast frame, to execute a number of instructions containing the selected broadcast.
10.如权利要求1所述的用于自动设定网络电话系统的方法,进一步包含一步骤:在接收该目录讯息后,确认该目录讯息的接收。 10. A method as claimed in claim automatically set the system for a telephone network of claim 1, further comprising a step of: after receiving the directory information, the directory message acknowledging receipt.
11.如权利要求10所述的用于自动设定网络电话系统的方法,其中藉由送出一“目录已接收指令”以执行确认该目录讯息的接收。 11. A method as claimed in claim automatically set for the telephone network system 10, wherein by sending a "directory received instruction" to perform confirmation of the received directory information.
12.一种用于自动设定网络电话系统的方法,其包含:经由网络接收一目录讯息,该目录讯息包含一电话目录,该电话目录包含多个指定给连接至该网络的多个电话的号码;由接收的电话目录寻找不冲突的一电话号码;采用找到的号码,以做为该电话的号码;及将采用的号码广播至该网络。 12. A method for the automatic setting system for a telephone network, comprising: receiving, via a network directory information, the directory information comprising a telephone directory, the telephone directory including a plurality of telephone connection assigned to the network a plurality of number; received from the telephone directory to find a phone number that does not conflict; the use of numbers found in order as the telephone number; and numbers that will be used to broadcast the network.
13.如权利要求12所述的用于自动设定网络电话系统的方法,其中在经由网络接收一目录讯息之前,进一步包含将具有一预设电话号码的讯息广播至该网络,并经由该网络接收一该广播的讯息的号码指定回应。 13. A method as claimed in claim automatically set the system for a telephone network of claim 12, wherein prior to receiving the directory information via a network, further comprising a broadcast message having a predetermined telephone number to the network, and via the network receiving a broadcast message to the number specified response.
14.如权利要求12所述的用于自动设定网络电话系统的方法,其中寻找不冲突的一电话号码的步骤包含:由该电话目录选择可取得的下一号码;将含该选定号码的一指令广播至该网络;及若在一逾时期间内该网络没有发生回应时,则采用该选定号码做为该电话的号码。 14. A method as claimed in claim automatically set the system for a telephone network of claim 12, wherein looking for a telephone number does not conflict steps comprising: selecting a next number can be obtained from the telephone directory; containing the selected number the broadcast a command to the network; and if the network does not respond within the period occurred during a timeout, then the use of the selected number as the phone number.
15.一种用于将一语音邮件装置自动设定给一网络的方法,该网络连接该语音邮件装置及一网络电话,该方法包含:该语音邮件装置经由该网络广播一装置种类指令;该语音邮件装置经由该网络广播一电话目录请求指令;该语音邮件装置从该网络电话接收一电话目录,该电话目录包含多个指定给连接至该网络的多个电话的号码;及该语音邮件装置将一确认讯息送至该网络电话。 15. An apparatus for automatically setting a voice mail to a method of a network, the network device connected to the voice mail and a telephone network, the method comprising: the voice mail apparatus via the network device broadcasts a command type; the voice mail apparatus via the network a broadcast request for a telephone directory command; means for receiving a message that the voice telephone directory from the telephone network, the telephone directory including a plurality of numbers assigned to a plurality of telephone connected to the network; and the voice mail apparatus a confirmation message will be sent to the telephone network.
16.一种用于将一中继线路卡装置自动设定给一网络的方法,该网络连接该中继线路卡装置及一网络电话,该方法包含:该中继线路卡装置经由该网络广播一装置种类指令;该中继线路卡装置经由该网络广播一电话目录请求指令;该中继线路卡装置从该网络电话接收一电话目录,该电话目录包含多个指定给连接至该网络的多个电话的号码;该中继线路卡装置将一确认讯息送至该网络电话;及该中继线路卡装置以一规律方式查询,以确定连接该网络的任一电话的通话状态。 16. A line card for a relay device for an automatic setting method to a network, the network card connected to the relay device and a line telephone network, the method comprising: the relay apparatus via the network line card broadcast a device type instruction; means the relay line card request command via the network broadcast a telephone directory; the relay device receives a line card from the telephone directory telephone network, the telephone directory including a plurality of telephones assigned to a plurality of connecting to the network number; the trunk card means a confirmation message to the telephone network; line cards and the relay device query to a law manner, to determine the status of any of a telephone call is connected to the network.
CNB038238144A 2002-09-11 2003-09-02 Network telephone system and methods therefor CN1306780C (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/242,291 US7058023B2 (en) 2002-09-11 2002-09-11 Self-configuring network telephone system and method

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN1703888A CN1703888A (en) 2005-11-30
CN1306780C true CN1306780C (en) 2007-03-21

Family

ID=31991379

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CNB038238144A CN1306780C (en) 2002-09-11 2003-09-02 Network telephone system and methods therefor

Country Status (2)

Country Link
US (2) US7058023B2 (en)
CN (1) CN1306780C (en)

Families Citing this family (47)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7003040B2 (en) * 2002-09-24 2006-02-21 Lg Electronics Inc. System and method for multiplexing media information over a network using reduced communications resources and prior knowledge/experience of a called or calling party
KR100475879B1 (en) * 2002-11-11 2005-03-11 한국전자통신연구원 An internet phone terminal for wire and wireless communication
US7328257B2 (en) * 2003-06-06 2008-02-05 Avaya Technology Corp. System for automatically assigning a telephone number to an existing telephone after detecting a network connection of a portable computer
US20050100145A1 (en) * 2003-10-01 2005-05-12 Spencer Bradford L. Multi-user intelligent call screening
US7602895B2 (en) * 2003-10-01 2009-10-13 Aol Llc Dynamic call response system
US7260205B1 (en) * 2003-07-21 2007-08-21 Aol Llc Call waiting using external notification and presence detection
US7940781B2 (en) * 2003-11-24 2011-05-10 Avaya Canada Corp. Paging between network devices
US20050201534A1 (en) * 2004-03-10 2005-09-15 Ignatin Gary R. Method for call screening in a voice mail system
US20060007473A1 (en) * 2004-07-07 2006-01-12 Erin Zhu Videophone having integrated facsimile machine
US7929518B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2011-04-19 Broadcom Corporation Method and system for a gigabit Ethernet IP telephone chip with integrated DDR interface
US7688806B2 (en) * 2004-07-15 2010-03-30 Broadcom Corporation Method and system for a gigabit ethernet IP telephone chip
US7586904B2 (en) * 2004-07-15 2009-09-08 Broadcom Corp. Method and system for a gigabit Ethernet IP telephone chip with no DSP core, which uses a RISC core with instruction extensions to support voice processing
US20060067327A1 (en) * 2004-09-30 2006-03-30 Behrouz Poustchi Information distribution system, method and network devices
US20080013568A1 (en) * 2004-11-19 2008-01-17 Poetker John J Apparatus, Method and Computer Program Product for a Network Node Engine
US7567662B1 (en) * 2004-12-01 2009-07-28 Aol Llc Conference calls via electronic messaging interface
CN100442706C (en) * 2005-04-19 2008-12-10 华为技术有限公司 Method for making maintaining node labels to match with media visiting controlled addresses
DE102005029058A1 (en) * 2005-06-21 2006-12-28 Hertel, Andreas, Dipl.-Ing. Interface apparatus for data network with network interface(s) for coupling to data network and transceiving network signals according to preset protocol
US20110306322A1 (en) * 2005-08-18 2011-12-15 Roach Jr Peter O Methods and apparatus for providing information services during the normal alert of an outbound communication session
US8204950B2 (en) * 2005-09-15 2012-06-19 Qwest Communications International Inc. Webpage search
US8170189B2 (en) * 2005-11-02 2012-05-01 Qwest Communications International Inc. Cross-platform message notification
US7576882B2 (en) * 2005-12-22 2009-08-18 Dell Products L.P. System and method for redirecting facsimiles through an information handling system network
US20070239832A1 (en) * 2006-04-05 2007-10-11 Qwest Communications International Inc. Communication presentation in a calendar perspective
US8078476B2 (en) * 2006-04-05 2011-12-13 Qwest Communications International Inc. Cross-platform calendar notifications
US9323821B2 (en) 2006-04-05 2016-04-26 Qwest Communications International Inc. Network repository auto sync wireless handset
US8320535B2 (en) * 2006-04-06 2012-11-27 Qwest Communications International Inc. Selectable greeting messages
US8214469B2 (en) * 2006-04-06 2012-07-03 Qwest Communications International Inc. Multiple use of common perspectives
US8819751B2 (en) * 2006-05-16 2014-08-26 Qwest Communications International Inc. Socially networked television experience
US8363791B2 (en) * 2006-12-01 2013-01-29 Centurylink Intellectual Property Llc System and method for communicating medical alerts
US8619136B2 (en) * 2006-12-01 2013-12-31 Centurylink Intellectual Property Llc System and method for home monitoring using a set top box
US8073123B2 (en) * 2006-12-27 2011-12-06 Vonage Network Llc Method for automated management of a telecommunication service
US8358754B2 (en) * 2007-04-18 2013-01-22 Bce Inc. Methods, apparatus and computer-readable media for providing a network-based call park feature
US20080280639A1 (en) * 2007-05-10 2008-11-13 Merav Alfia Multiple Line Cellular Telephone With Individual Features
US8331358B2 (en) 2007-07-25 2012-12-11 Actiontec Electronics, Inc. Systems and methods for connecting a packet-based call to a conventional telephone network
US9065910B2 (en) * 2007-09-27 2015-06-23 Cisco Technology, Inc. Integrating telephony and voice mail routing
US8687626B2 (en) * 2008-03-07 2014-04-01 CenturyLink Intellectual Property, LLC System and method for remote home monitoring utilizing a VoIP phone
US8391158B2 (en) * 2008-07-25 2013-03-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Cell identifier assignment and selection
US9479336B2 (en) * 2009-02-23 2016-10-25 Xcast Labs, Inc. Generalized method for authenticating subscribers of a service via a graphical user interface or telephone using the same user name and password
US8359354B1 (en) * 2009-03-30 2013-01-22 Shoretel, Inc. Methods for providing a status to devices in a distributed system
US8493892B1 (en) 2009-03-30 2013-07-23 Shoretel, Inc. Resolving conflicts in distributed systems
US9325599B2 (en) 2009-03-30 2016-04-26 Shoretel, Inc. Methods for providing a status to devices in a distributed system
CN101998690A (en) * 2009-08-31 2011-03-30 英华达股份有限公司 Handheld electronic device and communication method thereof
JP6490884B2 (en) 2011-04-28 2019-03-27 株式会社リコー Charge management system, charge management method, program, program providing system, and maintenance system
CN102523537A (en) * 2011-11-03 2012-06-27 广东亿迅科技有限公司 Communication service processing method based on enterprise switchboard system and enterprise switchboard system
US8872880B1 (en) * 2011-12-30 2014-10-28 Juniper Networks, Inc. Video conference service with multiple service tiers
TWI459758B (en) * 2012-05-23 2014-11-01 Pixord Corp Vdsl network system and a vdsl repeater thereof
FI124165B (en) 2012-09-26 2014-04-15 Kone Corp Lift system
CN104601739A (en) * 2014-12-15 2015-05-06 厦门联掌网络有限公司 Method for performing multi-IP (internet protocol) wireless data interaction between intercom system and hand-held equipment

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4837799A (en) * 1987-10-05 1989-06-06 Ambassador College Telephone line communications control system
US5625675A (en) * 1994-07-14 1997-04-29 Hitachi, Ltd. Voice mail communication system
CN1237863A (en) * 1998-01-16 1999-12-08 讯宝科技公司 System for digital radio communication between wireless LAN and PBX
US20020061100A1 (en) * 2000-08-07 2002-05-23 Dicamillo Carmen A. Virtual telephony

Family Cites Families (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4914689A (en) * 1987-12-22 1990-04-03 Bell Mountain States Telephone & Telegraph Co. Reverse automatic number identification system
JP2679613B2 (en) * 1994-03-16 1997-11-19 日本電気株式会社 Automatic network address setting circuit
JP3247540B2 (en) 1994-05-12 2002-01-15 株式会社日立製作所 Packet communication equipment and switching device
JP4160642B2 (en) * 1995-09-08 2008-10-01 株式会社日立製作所 Network data transfer method
US6487200B1 (en) * 1996-04-04 2002-11-26 At&T Corp. Packet telephone system
US5943319A (en) * 1996-04-04 1999-08-24 Lucent Technologies Inc. Packet format interface for telecommunication instruments
US5892764A (en) * 1996-09-16 1999-04-06 Sphere Communications Inc. ATM LAN telephone system
US5953322A (en) * 1997-01-31 1999-09-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Cellular internet telephone
US6069888A (en) * 1997-02-26 2000-05-30 Qualcomm Inc. Integrated voice mail system for CDMA network
US5883944A (en) * 1997-02-28 1999-03-16 Lucent Technologies Inc. "Plug and play" telephone system
US5978568A (en) 1997-03-11 1999-11-02 Sequel Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for resolving network users to network computers
US6181736B1 (en) * 1997-03-25 2001-01-30 Nxi Communications, Inc. Network communication system
US6243379B1 (en) * 1997-04-04 2001-06-05 Ramp Networks, Inc. Connection and packet level multiplexing between network links
US6130893A (en) * 1997-10-09 2000-10-10 Nortel Networks Corporation Method and apparatus for multiplexing telephone lines over a common access network
JPH11122285A (en) * 1997-10-16 1999-04-30 Fujitsu Ltd Lan telephone exchange and its system
EP0913982B1 (en) * 1997-11-03 2006-12-27 Nortel Networks Limited Message transfer system
US6498791B2 (en) 1998-04-03 2002-12-24 Vertical Networks, Inc. Systems and methods for multiple mode voice and data communications using intelligently bridged TDM and packet buses and methods for performing telephony and data functions using the same
US6510454B1 (en) * 1998-04-21 2003-01-21 Intel Corporation Network device monitoring with E-mail reporting
US6144724A (en) * 1998-05-15 2000-11-07 Nortel Networks Corporation Communication interface to data networks
US6421425B1 (en) * 1998-08-17 2002-07-16 At&T Corp Automated communications assistant for the sound-impaired
US6118862A (en) * 1998-10-23 2000-09-12 Toshiba America Information Systems, Inc. Computer telephony system and method
US6449269B1 (en) * 1998-12-31 2002-09-10 Nortel Networks Limited Packet voice telephony system and method
US20030123636A1 (en) * 1999-10-22 2003-07-03 Bigelow Tim A. Method of routing telecommunications and data traffic
FR2805693B1 (en) * 2000-02-24 2002-04-26 Sagem Automatic creation of directories in the network terminals
US7961712B2 (en) * 2000-05-08 2011-06-14 Broadcom Corporation System and method for supporting multiple voice channels
JP2002232585A (en) * 2001-01-30 2002-08-16 Canon Inc Communication unit, method for managing data of telephone directory, program and storage medium
US6498971B2 (en) * 2001-03-13 2002-12-24 Delphi Technologies, Inc. Apparatus for determining steer angle of a motor vehicle
US20030179743A1 (en) * 2001-12-18 2003-09-25 Bosik Barry S. Call management method responsive to network presence
US20030194071A1 (en) * 2002-04-15 2003-10-16 Artoun Ramian Information communication apparatus and method
US7420921B2 (en) * 2002-05-17 2008-09-02 Broadcom Corporation Aggregated fragment acknowledgement in local area network
WO2004015965A2 (en) * 2002-08-07 2004-02-19 Peter Deluca Cellular telephone capable of uploading a telephone directory to a server for backup or for sharing it with other telephones

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4837799A (en) * 1987-10-05 1989-06-06 Ambassador College Telephone line communications control system
US5625675A (en) * 1994-07-14 1997-04-29 Hitachi, Ltd. Voice mail communication system
CN1237863A (en) * 1998-01-16 1999-12-08 讯宝科技公司 System for digital radio communication between wireless LAN and PBX
US20020061100A1 (en) * 2000-08-07 2002-05-23 Dicamillo Carmen A. Virtual telephony

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20040047297A1 (en) 2004-03-11
US7058023B2 (en) 2006-06-06
US7092386B2 (en) 2006-08-15
US20040091089A1 (en) 2004-05-13
CN1703888A (en) 2005-11-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA2326230C (en) Integrated multimedia messaging service
US6816469B1 (en) IP conference call waiting
US6931001B2 (en) System for interconnecting packet-switched and circuit-switched voice communications
US8144856B2 (en) Method and apparatus for communicating with one of plural devices associated with a single telephone number
CN1199409C (en) Modem with IP support
US6078581A (en) Internet call waiting
US6826173B1 (en) Enhanced subscriber IP alerting
US8369317B2 (en) Systems and methods for voice and data communications including a scalable TDM switch/multiplexer
US6937713B1 (en) IP call forward profile
US6731642B1 (en) Internet telephony using network address translation
JP4999244B2 (en) Network telephone apparatus and system for internet telephones
US5889845A (en) System and method for providing a remote user with a virtual presence to an office
RU2232478C2 (en) Internetwork interface for voice transfer according to internet protocol and its control process
US6687360B2 (en) Personal IP follow-me service
US7006614B2 (en) Systems and methods for voice and data communications including hybrid key system/PBX functionality
US6671356B2 (en) Multi-media communication management system with subscriber messaging integration services
US5963620A (en) Integrated communications control device for a small office configured for coupling within a scalable network including multiple simultaneous call capability
US8923499B2 (en) Apparatus and method for providing enhanced telecommunications services
US7075918B1 (en) BRG with PBX capabilities
US6498791B2 (en) Systems and methods for multiple mode voice and data communications using intelligently bridged TDM and packet buses and methods for performing telephony and data functions using the same
US6434528B1 (en) Computer network telephony
US7580510B2 (en) Peer to peer voice over IP network with distributed call processing
EP0881812B1 (en) Telephone communication method capable of relating a telephone terminal and a speech channel IP address at the time of call connection
US20110038365A1 (en) Systems and methods for voice and data communications including a network drop and insert interface for an external data routing resource
US6169734B1 (en) Internet phone set

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
C06 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C10 Entry into substantive examination
GR01 Patent grant
C14 Grant of patent or utility model
CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee

Granted publication date: 20070321

Termination date: 20120902

C17 Cessation of patent right